diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | help/C/index.docbook | 4440 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | help/C/legal.xml | 13 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | help/pluma.pot | 1983 |
3 files changed, 3470 insertions, 2966 deletions
diff --git a/help/C/index.docbook b/help/C/index.docbook index 3ffbb7d3..20e9e678 100644 --- a/help/C/index.docbook +++ b/help/C/index.docbook @@ -1,1988 +1,2548 @@ -<?xml version="1.0"?> -<!DOCTYPE article PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN" -"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" [ - <!ENTITY appversion "1.10"> - <!ENTITY manrevision "3.0"> - <!ENTITY date "July 2015"> - <!ENTITY app "pluma"> -]> +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> <!-- (Do not remove this comment block.) Maintained by the MATE Documentation Project http://wiki.mate-desktop.org/dev-doc:doc-team-guide Template version: 2.0 beta Template last modified Jan 30, 2002 - --> -<!-- =============Document Header ============================= --> <?db.chunk.max_depth 2?> -<article id="index" lang="en" xmlns:its="http://www.w3.org/2005/11/its" its:version="2.0"> -<!-- please do not change the id; for translations, change lang to --> - <its:rules version="2.0"> - <its:translateRule translate="no" selector="//ulink/@type|//ulink/@url"/> - <its:withinTextRule withinText="no" selector="//ulink"/> - </its:rules> -<!-- appropriate code --> - <articleinfo> - <title>Pluma Manual<!-- not using app entity because of lowercase ugliness --></title> - <copyright> - <year>2015</year> - <holder>MATE Documentation Project</holder> </copyright> - <copyright> - <year>2007</year> - <holder>GNOME Documentation Project</holder> </copyright> - <copyright> - <year>2002</year> - <year>2003</year> - <year>2004</year> - <holder>Sun Microsystems</holder> </copyright> - <copyright> - <year>2000</year> - <holder>Eric Baudais</holder> </copyright> - -<!-- translators: uncomment this: - - <copyright> - <year>2003</year> - <holder>ME-THE-TRANSLATOR (Latin translation)</holder> - </copyright> - - --> - <publisher role="maintainer"> - <publishername>MATE Documentation Project</publishername> - </publisher> - <publisher> - <publishername>GNOME Documentation Project</publishername> - </publisher> - - <xi:include href="legal.xml" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"/> - - <authorgroup> - <author> - <firstname>MATE Documentation Project</firstname> - <surname></surname> - <affiliation> - <orgname>MATE Desktop</orgname> - </affiliation> - </author> - <author> - <firstname>Joachim</firstname> - <surname>Noreiko</surname> - </author> - <author> - <firstname>GNOME Documentation Project</firstname> - <surname></surname> - <affiliation> - <orgname>GNOME</orgname> - </affiliation> - </author> - <author> - <firstname>Hal</firstname> - <surname>Canary</surname> - <contrib>Added the Shortcut Keys Table</contrib> - </author> - <author> - <firstname>Sun Java Desktop System Documentation Team</firstname> - <surname></surname> - <affiliation> - <orgname>Sun Microsystems</orgname> - <address><email>[email protected]</email></address> - </affiliation> - </author> - <author> - <firstname>Eric</firstname> - <surname>Baudais</surname> - <affiliation> - <orgname>GNOME Documentation Project</orgname> - <address> <email>[email protected]</email> </address> - </affiliation> - </author> - <othercredit role="reviewer"> - <firstname>Baris</firstname> - <surname>Cicek provided information from earlier revisions of the pluma application.</surname> - <contrib>Acknowledgments</contrib> - </othercredit> - <othercredit role="reviewer"> - <firstname>Ajit</firstname> - <surname>George provided information about plugins.</surname> - <contrib>Acknowledgments</contrib> - </othercredit> - - -<!-- This is appropriate place for other contributors: translators, - maintainers, etc. Commented out by default. - <othercredit role="translator"> - <firstname>Latin</firstname> - <surname>Translator 1</surname> - <affiliation> - <orgname>Latin Translation Team</orgname> - <address> <email>[email protected]</email> </address> - </affiliation> - <contrib>Latin translation</contrib> - </othercredit> ---> - </authorgroup> - -<!-- According to GNU FDL, revision history is mandatory if you are --> -<!-- modifying/reusing someone else's document. If not, you can omit it. --> - <revhistory> -<!-- Remember to remove the &manrevision; entity from the revision entries other - than the current revision. --> - <revision> - <revnumber>pluma V1.0</revnumber> - <date>2000</date> - <revdescription> - <para role="author">Eric Baudais <email>[email protected]</email> - </para> - <para role="publisher">GNOME Documentation Project</para> - </revdescription> - </revision> - <revision> - <revnumber>pluma Manual V2.0</revnumber> - <date>March 2002</date> - <revdescription> - <para role="author">Sun GNOME Documentation Team</para> - <para role="publisher">GNOME Documentation Project</para> - </revdescription> - </revision> - <revision> - <revnumber>pluma Manual V2.1</revnumber> - <date>June 2002</date> - <revdescription> - <para role="author">Sun GNOME Documentation Team</para> - <para role="publisher">GNOME Documentation Project</para> - </revdescription> - </revision> - <revision> - <revnumber>pluma Manual V2.2</revnumber> - <date>August 2002</date> - <revdescription> - <para role="author">Sun GNOME Documentation Team</para> - <para role="publisher">GNOME Documentation Project</para> - </revdescription> - </revision> - <revision> - <revnumber>pluma Manual V2.3</revnumber> - <date>September 2002</date> - <revdescription> - <para role="author">Sun GNOME Documentation Team</para> - <para role="publisher">GNOME Documentation Project</para> - </revdescription> - </revision> - <revision> - <revnumber>pluma Manual V2.4</revnumber> - <date>January 2003</date> - <revdescription> - <para role="author">Sun GNOME Documentation Team</para> - <para role="publisher">GNOME Documentation Project</para> - </revdescription> - </revision> - <revision> - <revnumber>pluma Manual V2.5</revnumber> - <date>March 2003</date> - <revdescription> - <para role="author">Sun GNOME Documentation Team</para> - <para role="publisher">GNOME Documentation Project</para> - </revdescription> - </revision> - <revision> - <revnumber>pluma Manual V2.6</revnumber> - <date>September 2003</date> - <revdescription> - <para role="author">Sun GNOME Documentation Team</para> - <para role="publisher">GNOME Documentation Project</para> - </revdescription> - </revision> - <revision> - <revnumber>pluma Manual V2.7</revnumber> - <date>March 2004</date> - <revdescription> - <para role="author">Sun GNOME Documentation Team</para> - <para role="publisher">GNOME Documentation Project</para> - </revdescription> - </revision> - <revision> - <revnumber>&app; Manual V2.8</revnumber> - <date>&date;</date> - <revdescription> - <para role="author">Sun Java Desktop System Documentation Team</para> - <para role="publisher">GNOME Documentation Project</para> - </revdescription> - </revision> - <revision> - <revnumber>&app; Manual V2.9;</revnumber> - <date>July 2006;</date> - <revdescription> - <para role="author">GNOME Documentation Team</para> - <para role="publisher">GNOME Documentation Project</para> - </revdescription> - </revision> - <revision> - <revnumber>&app; Manual V&manrevision;</revnumber> - <date>&date;</date> - <revdescription> - <para role="author">MATE Documentation Team</para> - <para role="publisher">MATE Documentation Project</para> - </revdescription> - </revision> - </revhistory> - <releaseinfo> This manual describes version &appversion; of &app;. - </releaseinfo> - <legalnotice> - <title>Feedback</title> - <para>To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the <application>&app;</application> application or this manual, follow the directions in the <ulink url="help:mate-user-guide/feedback" type="help">MATE Feedback Page</ulink>. - </para> -<!-- Translators may also add here feedback address for translations --> - </legalnotice> - <abstract role="description"> - <para>&app; is a text editor for the MATE Desktop featuring basic yet - robust capabilities such as printing, spell checking, find and replace, - and syntax highlighting. More advanced features are available as plugins.</para> - </abstract> - </articleinfo> - <indexterm><primary>pluma</primary></indexterm> - <indexterm><primary>text editor</primary></indexterm> - -<!-- ============= Document Body ============================= --> -<!-- ============= Introduction ============================== --> - <sect1 id="pluma-intro"> - <title>Introduction</title> - - <!-- removed ids, here as anchors to prevent possible breakage --> - <anchor id="pluma-customize-toolbar"/> - - <para>The <application>&app;</application> application enables you to create and edit text files.</para> - - <para>The aim of <application>&app;</application> is to be a simple and easy to use text editor. More powerful features can be enabled with different <firstterm>plugins</firstterm>, allowing a variety of tasks related to text-editing.</para> - </sect1> -<!-- ============= Getting Started =========================== --> - <sect1 id="pluma-getting-started"> - <title>Getting Started</title> - -<!-- ============= To Start pluma ============================ --> - <sect2 id="pluma-to-start"> - <title>Starting &app;</title> - <para>You can start <application>&app;</application> in the following ways:</para> - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenu>Applications</guimenu> menu</term> - <listitem> - <para>Choose <menuchoice><guisubmenu>Accessories</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Text Editor</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term>Command line</term> - <listitem> - <para>Execute the following command: <command>pluma</command></para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - <para>By default, when you open a text document in the file manager, pluma will start, and display the document.</para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="pluma-when-you-start"> - - <title>The &app; Window</title> - <para>When you start <application>&app;</application>, the following window is displayed:</para> - - <figure id="pluma-window"> - <title>&app; Window</title> - <screenshot> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="figures/pluma_window.png" format="PNG"/> - </imageobject> - <textobject> <phrase>Shows pluma main window.</phrase> - </textobject> - </mediaobject> - </screenshot> - </figure> - - <para>The <application>&app;</application> window contains the following - elements: </para> - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> <term>Menubar</term> - <listitem> - <para>The menus on the menubar contain all the commands you need to work with files in <application>&app;</application>.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> <term>Toolbar</term> - <listitem> - <para> The toolbar contains a subset of the commands that you can access from the menubar.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> <term>Display area</term> - <listitem> - <para> The display area contains the text of the file that you are editing. </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> <term>Statusbar</term> - <listitem> - <para>The statusbar displays information about current <application>&app;</application> activity and contextual information about the menu items. The statusbar also displays the following information:</para> - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para>Cursor position: the line number and column number where the cursor is located.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>Edit mode: If the editor is in insert mode, the statusbar contains the text <guilabel>INS</guilabel>. If the editor is in overwrite mode, the statusbar contains the text <guilabel>OVR</guilabel>. Press the <keycap>Insert</keycap> key to change edit mode.</para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> <term>Side Pane</term> - <listitem> - <para>The side pane displays a list of open documents, and other information depending on which plugins are enabled.</para> - <para>By default, the side pane is not shown. To show it, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Side Pane</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> <term>Bottom Pane</term> - <listitem> - <para>The bottom pane is used by programming tools such as the <application>Python Console</application> plugin to display output.</para> - <para>By default, the bottom pane is not shown. To show it, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Bottom Pane</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - <para>When you right-click in the <application>&app;</application> window, the application displays a popup menu. The popup menu contains the most common text editing commands. </para> - - <para>Like other MATE applications, actions in <application>&app;</application> can be performed in several ways: with the menu, with the toolbar, or with shortcut keys. Shortcuts keys common to all applications are listed in the <ulink type="help" url="help:mate-user-guide/shortcuts-apps">User Guide</ulink>.</para> - </sect2> - -<!-- ============= To Open Multiple Files from the Command Line ========= --> - <sect2 id="pluma-run-from-cmd-line"> - <title>Running &app; from a Command Line</title> - <para>You can run <application>&app;</application> from a command line and open a single file or multiple files. To open multiple files from a command line, type the following command, then press <keycap>Return</keycap>:</para> - <para><command>pluma <replaceable>file1.txt file2.txt file3.txt</replaceable></command></para> - <para>Alternatively, you can specify a URI instead of a filename.</para> - <para>Refer to the <ulink url="man:pluma" type="man"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>&app;</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> man page for more information on how to run <application>&app;</application> from a command line.</para> - </sect2> - </sect1> -<!-- ================ Usage ================================ --> - <sect1 id="pluma-usage"> - <title>Working with Files</title> - -<!-- ============= To Create a New File ======================== --> - <sect2 id="pluma-create-new-file"> - <title>Creating a New Document</title> - <para>To create a new document, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The application displays a new blank document in the <application>&app;</application> window.</para> - </sect2> - -<!-- ============= To Open a File ============================= --> - <sect2 id="pluma-open-file"> - <title>Opening a File</title> - <para>To open a file, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to display the <guilabel>Open File</guilabel> dialog. Select the file that you want to open, then click <guibutton>Open</guibutton>. The file is displayed in the <application>&app;</application> window. </para> - - <para>The application records the paths and filenames of the five most recent files that you edited and displays the files as menu items on the <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu></menuchoice> menu. You can also click on the <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/pluma_recent_files_menu_icon.png" format="PNG"/></imageobject><textobject><phrase>Shows Recent Files menu icon.</phrase></textobject></inlinemediaobject> icon on the toolbar to display the list of recent files. </para> - - <note><para>You can open multiple files in <application>&app;</application>. The application adds a tab for each open file to the window. For more on this see <xref linkend="pluma-tabs"/>.</para></note> - - </sect2> - -<!-- ============= To Save a File ============================== --> - <sect2 id="pluma-save-file"> - <title>Saving a File</title> - <para>You can save files in the following ways:</para> - <itemizedlist> - <listitem><para>To save changes to an existing file, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Save</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. </para> - </listitem> - <listitem><para>To save a new file or to save an existing file under a new filename, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save As</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. Enter a name for the file in the <guilabel>Save As</guilabel> dialog, then click <guibutton>Save</guibutton>. </para> - </listitem> - <listitem><para>To save all the files that are currently open in <application>&app;</application>, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Documents</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save All</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.</para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - <para>To close all the files that are currently open in <application>&app;</application>, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Documents</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Close All</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.</para> - </sect2> - -<!-- ============= Working with tabs ======================== --> - <sect2 id="pluma-tabs"> - <title>Working With Tabs</title> - - <para>When more than one file is open, <application>&app;</application> shows a <firstterm>tab</firstterm> for each document above the display area. To switch to another document, click on its tab.</para> - <para>To move a document to another <application> &app;</application> window, drag the tab corresponding to the file to the window you want to move it to.</para> - <para>To move a document to a new <application> &app;</application> window, either drag its tab to the desktop, or choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Documents</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Move to New Window</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.</para> - </sect2> - - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="working-with-text"> - <title>Working with Text</title> - -<!-- ============= To Edit Text ================================ --> - <sect2 id="pluma-edit-text"> - <title>Editing Text</title> - <para>You can edit the text of a file in the following ways:</para> - <itemizedlist> - <listitem><para>Type new text from the keyboard. The blinking <firstterm>insertion cursor</firstterm> marks the point where new text appears. To change this, use the arrow keys on the keyboard or click with the mouse.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem><para>To copy the selected text to the clipboard, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Copy</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem><para>To delete the selected text from the file and move the selected text to the clipboard, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Cut</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem><para>To permanently delete the selected text from the file, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem><para>To insert the contents of the clipboard at the cursor position, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Paste</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. You must cut or copy text before you can paste text into the file, either from &app; or another application.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem><para>To select all the text in a file, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Select All</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </sect2> -<!-- ============== To Undo or Redo Edits ====================== --> - <sect2 id="pluma-undo-redo-edits"> - <title>Undoing and Redoing Changes</title> - <para>To undo a change you have made, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Undo</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. To reverse this action, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Redo</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.</para> - </sect2> - - </sect1> - <sect1 id="pluma-find"> - <title>Finding and Replacing</title> - - <para>In <application>&app;</application>, there are two ways of searching for text. You can use the <guilabel>Find</guilabel> dialog to search for a specific piece of text, or <guilabel>Incremental Search</guilabel> to highlight matching text as you type it. - </para> - -<!-- ============= To Find Text ================================ --> - <sect2 id="pluma-find-text"> - <title>Finding Text</title> - <para>To search a file for a string of text, perform the following steps:</para> - <orderedlist> - <listitem><para>Choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Find</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> to display the <guilabel>Find</guilabel> dialog.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem><para>Type the string that you want to find in the <guilabel>Search for</guilabel> field. You can include special characters such as a new line or tab: see <xref linkend="pluma-find-escapes"/>.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem><para>Click <guibutton>Find</guibutton> to search the file for the first occurrence of the string after your current cursor position. If <application>&app;</application> finds the string, the application selects first occurrence of the string. Other occurrences of the string are highlighted.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem><para>To find the next occurrence of the string, click <guibutton>Find</guibutton> or choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Find Next</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. To find the previous occurrence of the text, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Find Previous</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.</para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - <para>After you have closed the <guilabel>Find</guilabel> dialog, you can still move the selection to other occurrences of the text by choosing <menuchoice> <guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Find Next</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> and <menuchoice> <guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Find Previous</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.</para> - <para>To remove the highlighting from the text, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Clear Highlight</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.</para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="pluma-find-incremental"> - <title>Incremental Search</title> - - <para>Incremental search highlights matching text in the document as you type it letter by letter. (This is similar to the search feature in several web browsers.)</para> - <para>To start an incremental search, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Incremental Search</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. The search box appears at the top of the display area. </para> - <para>Begin typing, and text that matches will be highlighted in the document. The first instance after the cursor position is also selected.</para> - <para>To advance the selection to the next match while keeping the incremental search box open, press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>G</keycap></keycombo>. Press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>G</keycap></keycombo> to go back to the previous match.</para> - <tip><para>You can also use the up and down arrow keys or the mouse wheel to move the selection between matches.</para></tip> - </sect2> - -<!-- ============= To Find and Replace Text =================== --> - <sect2 id="pluma-find-replace-text"> - <title>Replacing Text</title> - - <para>To search a file for a string, and replace the string with an alternative string, perform the following steps:</para> - <orderedlist> - <listitem><para>Choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Replace</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> to display the <guilabel>Replace</guilabel> dialog.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem><para>Type the string that you want to find, in the <guilabel>Search for</guilabel> field. You can include special characters such as a new line or tab: see <xref linkend="pluma-find-escapes"/>.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Type the string that you want to use to replace the string that you find, in the <guilabel>Replace with</guilabel> field.</para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - - <para>To examine each occurrence of the string before replacing it, click <guibutton>Find</guibutton>. If <application>&app;</application> finds the string, the application selects the string. Click <guibutton>Replace</guibutton> to replace the selected occurrence of the string. To find the next occurrence of the string, click <guibutton>Find</guibutton> again.</para> - <para>To replace all occurrences of the string throughout the document, click <guibutton>Replace All</guibutton>.</para> - </sect2> - -<!-- ============= Find and Replace Options ============================ --> - <sect2 id="pluma-find-options"> - <title>Find and Replace Options</title> - <para>The <guilabel>Find</guilabel> dialog and the <guilabel>Replace</guilabel> dialog both have the following options:</para> - <itemizedlist> - <listitem><para>Select the <guilabel>Match case</guilabel> option to only find occurrences of the string that match the case of the text that you type. For example, with <guilabel>Match case</guilabel> selected, "TEXT" will not match "text".</para> - </listitem> - <listitem><para>Select the <guilabel>Match entire word only</guilabel> option to only find occurrences of the string that match the entire words of the text that you type. For example, with <guilabel>Match entire word only</guilabel> selected, "text" will not match "texture". <!-- translators, please make up your own example ;) --></para> - </listitem> - <listitem><para>Select the <guilabel>Search backwards</guilabel> option to search backwards towards the beginning of the document. </para> - </listitem> - <listitem><para>Select the <guilabel>Wrap around</guilabel> option to search to one end of the document and then continue the search from the other end of the file. </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </sect2> - -<!-- ============= Special Characters ============================ --> - <sect2 id="pluma-find-escapes"> - <title>Special Characters</title> - <para>You can include the following escape sequences in the text to find or replace to represent special characters:</para> - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><literal>\n</literal></term> - <listitem> - <para>Specifies a new line.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><literal>\t</literal></term> - <listitem> - <para>Specifies a tab character.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><literal>\r</literal></term> - <listitem> - <para>Specifies a carriage return.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><literal>\\</literal></term> - <listitem> - <para>The backslash character itself must be escaped if it is being searched for. - For example, if you are looking for the "<literal>\n</literal>" literal, you will - have to type "\\n" in the <guilabel>Search for</guilabel> field. Or if you are - looking for a sequence of backslashes, you will have to double the number of - searched backslashes.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </sect2> - -<!-- ============= To Position the Cursor on a Specific Line ======================= --> - <sect2 id="pluma-goto-line"> - <title>Positioning the Cursor on a Specific Line</title> - - <para>To position the cursor on a specific line in the current file, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Go to Line</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. The line number box appears at the top of the display area.</para> - <para>Begin typing the number of the line that you want to move the cursor to and the document will scroll to the specified line.</para> - <para>To dismiss the box and move the cursor to the specified line, press <keycap>Return</keycap>.</para> - </sect2> - - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="pluma-printing"> - <title>Printing</title> - -<!-- ============= To Set the Page Options ============================ --> - <sect2 id="pluma-page-setup"> - <title>Setting the Page Options</title> - - <para>To set the page options, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Page Setup</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> to display the <guilabel>Page Setup</guilabel> dialog.</para> - - <para>The <guilabel>Page Setup</guilabel> dialog enables you to specify the following print options:</para> - - <sect3 id="pluma-page-setup-general"> - <title>General Tabbed Section</title> - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> <term><guilabel>Print syntax highlighting</guilabel> </term> - <listitem> - <para>Select this option to print syntax highlighting. For more information about syntax highlighting, see <xref linkend="pluma-set-highlightmode"/>. </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> <term><guilabel>Print page headers</guilabel> </term> - <listitem> - <para>Select this option to include a header on each page that you print. You cannot configure the header. </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> <term><guilabel>Line Numbers</guilabel> - </term> - <listitem> - <para>Select the <guilabel>Print line numbers</guilabel> option to include line numbers when you print a file. </para> - <para>Use the <guilabel>Number every ... lines </guilabel> spin box to specify how often to print the line numbers, for example every 5 lines, every 10 lines, and so on. </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> <term><guilabel>Text Wrapping</guilabel> </term> - <listitem> - <para>Select the <guilabel>Enable text wrapping</guilabel> option to wrap text onto the next line, at a character level, when you print a file. The application counts wrapped lines as one line for line numbering purposes. - </para> - <para>Select the <guilabel>Do not split words over two lines</guilabel> option to wrap text onto the next line, at a word level, when you print a file. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </sect3> - - <sect3 id="pluma-page-setup-fonts"> - <title>Fonts</title> - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> <term><guilabel>Body</guilabel> </term> - <listitem> - <para>Click on this button to select the font used to print the body text of a file.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> <term><guilabel>Line numbers</guilabel> - </term> - <listitem> - <para>Click on this button to select the font used to print line numbers.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> <term><guilabel>Headers and footers</guilabel> </term> - <listitem> - <para>Click on this button to select the font to use to print the headers and footers in a file. </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - <para>To reset the fonts to the default fonts for printing a file from <application>&app;</application>, click <guibutton>Restore Default Fonts</guibutton>.</para> - </sect3> - - </sect2> - -<!-- ============= To Print a File ============================ --> - <sect2 id="pluma-print-file"> - <title>Printing a Document</title> - <para>You can use <application>&app;</application> to perform the following print operations:</para> - <itemizedlist> - <listitem><para>Print a document to a printer. </para> - </listitem> - <listitem><para>Print the output of the print command to a file.</para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - <para>If you print to a file, <application>&app;</application> sends the output of the file to a pre-press format file. The most common pre-press formats are PostScript and Portable Document Format (PDF).</para> - - <para>To preview the pages that you want to print, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Print Preview</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.</para> - - <para>To print the current file to a printer or a file, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Print</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> to display the <guilabel>Print</guilabel> dialog.</para> - - <para>The <guilabel>Print</guilabel> dialog enables you to specify the following print options:</para> - - <sect3 id="print-dialog-job"> - <title>Job Tabbed Section</title> - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> <term><guilabel>Print range</guilabel> </term> - <listitem> - <para>Select one of the following options to determine how many pages to print:</para> - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para><guilabel>All</guilabel></para> - <para>Select this option to print all the pages in the file.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para><guilabel>Lines</guilabel></para> - <para>Select this option to print the specified lines only. Use the <guilabel>From</guilabel> and <guilabel>To</guilabel> spin boxes to specify the line range.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para><guilabel>Selection</guilabel></para> - <para>Select this option to print the selected text only. This option is only available if you select text.</para> - </listitem> - - </itemizedlist> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> <term><guilabel>Copies</guilabel> </term> - <listitem> - <para>Use the <guilabel>Number of copies</guilabel> spin box to specify the number of copies of the file that you want to print.</para> - <para>If you print multiple copies of the file, select the <guilabel>Collate</guilabel> option to collate the printed copies.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </sect3> - - <sect3 id="print-dialog-printer"> - <title>Printer Tabbed Section</title> - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> <term><guilabel>Printer</guilabel> </term> - <listitem> - <para>Use this drop-down list to select the printer to which you want to print the file.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> <term><guilabel>Settings</guilabel> </term> - <listitem> - <para>Use this drop-down list to select the printer settings. - </para> - <para>To configure the printer, click <guibutton>Configure</guibutton>. For example, you can enable or disable duplex printing, or schedule delayed printing, if this functionality is supported by the printer. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> <term><guilabel>Location</guilabel> </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Use this drop-down list to select one of the following print destinations: - </para> - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>CUPS</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Print the file to a CUPS printer. - </para> - <note> - <para> - If the selected printer is a CUPS printer, <guilabel>CUPS</guilabel> is the only entry in this drop-down list. - </para> - </note> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>lpr</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Print the file to a printer. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>File</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Print the file to a PostScript file. - </para> - <para> - Click <guibutton>Save As</guibutton> to display a dialog where you specify the name and location of the PostScript file. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Custom</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Use the specified command to print the file. - </para> - <para> - Type the name of the command in the text box. Include all command-line arguments. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> <term><guilabel>State</guilabel> </term> - <listitem> - <para>This functionality is not supported in this version of &app;. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> <term><guilabel>Type</guilabel> </term> - <listitem> - <para>This functionality is not supported in this version of &app;. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> <term><guilabel>Comment</guilabel> </term> - <listitem> - <para>This functionality is not supported in this version of &app;. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </sect3> - - <sect3 id="print-dialog-paper"> - <title>Paper Tabbed Section</title> - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> <term><guilabel>Paper size</guilabel> </term> - <listitem> - <para>Use this drop-down list to select the size of the paper to which you want to print the file.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> <term><guilabel>Width</guilabel> </term> - <listitem> - <para>Use this spin box to specify the width of the paper. Use the adjacent drop-down list to change the measurement unit.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> <term><guilabel>Height</guilabel> </term> - <listitem> - <para>Use this spin box to specify the height of the paper.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> <term><guilabel>Feed orientation</guilabel> </term> - <listitem> - <para>Use this drop-down list to select the orientation of the paper in the printer.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> <term><guilabel>Page orientation</guilabel> </term> - <listitem> - <para>Use this drop-down list to select the page orientation.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> <term><guilabel>Layout</guilabel> </term> - <listitem> - <para>Use this drop-down list to select the page layout. A preview of each layout that you select is displayed in the <guilabel>Preview</guilabel> area.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> <term><guilabel>Paper tray</guilabel> </term> - <listitem> - <para>Use this drop-down list to select the paper tray. - </para> </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </sect3> - - </sect2> - - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="pluma-programming-features"> - <title>Programming Features</title> - - <para>Several of <application>&app;</application>'s features for programming are provided with plugins. For example, the Tag List plugin provides a list of commonly-used tags for different markup languages: see <xref linkend="pluma-tag-list-plugin"/>.</para> - -<!-- ============= Syntax Highlighting =================== --> - <sect2 id="pluma-set-highlightmode"> - <title>Syntax Highlighting</title> - <para>Syntax highlighting makes source code easier to read by showing different parts of the text in different colors.</para> - - <para><application>&app;</application> chooses an appropriate syntax highlighting mode based on a document's type. To override the syntax highlighting mode, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Highlight Mode</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, then choose one of the following menu items:</para> - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Normal</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem> - <para>Do not display any syntax highlighting.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guisubmenu>Sources</guisubmenu></term> - <listitem> - <para>Display syntax highlighting to edit source code. Use the <guisubmenu>Sources</guisubmenu> submenu to select the source code type.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guisubmenu>Markup</guisubmenu></term> - <listitem> - <para>Display syntax highlighting to edit markup code. Use the <guisubmenu>Markup</guisubmenu> submenu to select the markup code type.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guisubmenu>Scripts</guisubmenu></term> - <listitem> - <para>Display syntax highlighting to edit script code. Use the <guisubmenu>Scripts</guisubmenu> submenu to select the script code type.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guisubmenu>Others</guisubmenu></term> - <listitem> - <para>Display syntax highlighting to edit other types of code. Use the <guisubmenu>Others</guisubmenu> submenu to select the code type.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </sect2> - -<!-- ============= To Pipe the Output of a Command to a File ======= --> - <sect2 id="pluma-pipe-output"> - <title>Piping the Output of a Command to a File</title> - <para>You can use <application>&app;</application> to pipe the output of a command to a text file. For example, to pipe the output of an <command>ls</command> command to a text file, type <command>ls | pluma</command>, then press <keycap>Return</keycap>.</para> - <para>The output of the <command>ls</command> command is displayed in a new text file in the <application>&app;</application> window.</para> - <para>Alternatively, you can use the <application>External tools</application> plugin to pipe command output to the current file. <!-- fixme: xref needed! --></para> - </sect2> - </sect1> - -<!-- ================ Shortcut Keys ============================= --> -<sect1 id="pluma-shortcutkeys"> - <title>Shortcut Keys</title> - <para>Use shortcut keys to perform common tasks more quickly than with the mouse and menus. The following tables list all of <application>&app;</application>'s shortcut keys.</para> - <para>For more on shortcut keys, see the <ulink type="help" url="help:mate-user-guide/keyboard-skills">Desktop User Guide</ulink>.</para> - - <!-- ============= Tabs ======================== --> - <bridgehead>Tabs</bridgehead> - <para>Shortcuts for tabs:</para> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2" colsep="1" rowsep="1"> - <colspec colname="COLSPEC0" colwidth="50*"/> - <colspec colname="COLSPEC1" colwidth="50*"/> - <thead> - <row valign="top"> - <entry colname="COLSPEC0"> - <para>Shortcut Key</para></entry> - <entry colname="COLSPEC1" align="left"> - <para>Command</para></entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row valign="top"> - <entry><para>Ctrl + Alt + PageUp</para></entry> - <entry><para>Switches to the next tab to the left.</para></entry> - </row> - <row valign="top"> - <entry><para>Ctrl + Alt + PageDown</para></entry> - <entry><para>Switches to the next tab to the right.</para></entry> - </row> - <row valign="top"> - <entry><para>Ctrl + W</para></entry> - <entry><para>Close tab.</para></entry> - </row> - <row valign="top"> - <entry><para>Ctrl + Shift + L</para></entry> - <entry><para>Save all tabs.</para></entry> - </row> - <row valign="top"> - <entry><para>Ctrl + Shift + W</para></entry> - <entry><para>Close all tabs. </para></entry> - </row> - <row valign="top"> - <entry><para>Alt + n</para></entry> - <entry><para>Jump to nth tab.</para></entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - - <!-- ============= Files ======================== --> - <bridgehead>Files</bridgehead> - <para>Shortcuts for working with files:</para> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2" colsep="1" rowsep="1"> - <colspec colname="COLSPEC0" colwidth="50*"/> - <colspec colname="COLSPEC1" colwidth="50*"/> - <thead> - <row valign="top"> +<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:db="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:its="http://www.w3.org/2005/11/its" + xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" + version="5.0" xml:id="index" xml:lang="en"> + <!-- please do not change the id; for translations, change lang to --> + <!-- appropriate code --> + <info> + <title>Pluma Manual</title> + + <copyright> + <year>2015</year> + <holder>MATE Documentation Project</holder> + </copyright> + <copyright> + <year>2007</year> + <holder>GNOME Documentation Project</holder> + </copyright> + <copyright> + <year>2002</year> + <year>2003</year> + <year>2004</year> + <holder>Sun Microsystems</holder> + </copyright> + <copyright> + <year>2000</year> + <holder>Eric Baudais</holder> + </copyright> + + <publisher> + <publishername>MATE Documentation Project</publishername> + </publisher> + <publisher> + <publishername>GNOME Documentation Project</publishername> + </publisher> + + <xi:include href="legal.xml"/> + + <authorgroup> + <author> + <orgname>MATE Documentation Project</orgname> + <affiliation> + <orgname>MATE Desktop</orgname> + </affiliation> + </author> + <author> + <personname> + <firstname>Joachim</firstname> + <surname>Noreiko</surname> + </personname> + </author> + <author> + <orgname>GNOME Documentation Project</orgname> + <affiliation> + <orgname>GNOME</orgname> + </affiliation> + </author> + <author> + <personname> + <firstname>Hal</firstname> + <surname>Canary</surname> + </personname> + <contrib>Added the Shortcut Keys Table</contrib> + </author> + <author> + <orgname>Sun Java Desktop System Documentation Team</orgname> + <affiliation> + <orgname>Sun Microsystems</orgname> + </affiliation> + <email>[email protected]</email> + </author> + <author> + <personname> + <firstname>Eric</firstname> + <surname>Baudais</surname> + </personname> + <affiliation> + <orgname>GNOME Documentation Project</orgname> + </affiliation> + <email>[email protected]</email> + </author> + <othercredit role="other"> + <personname> + <firstname>Baris</firstname> + <surname>Cicek</surname> + </personname> + <contrib>Provided information from earlier revisions of the pluma application.</contrib> + </othercredit> + <othercredit role="other"> + <personname> + <firstname>George</firstname> + <surname>Ajit</surname> + </personname> + <contrib>Provided information about plugins.</contrib> + </othercredit> + </authorgroup> + + <!-- According to GNU FDL, revision history is mandatory if you are + modifying/reusing someone else's document. If not, you can omit it. --> + <revhistory> + <!-- Remember to remove the &manrevision; entity from the revision + entries other than the current revision. --> + <revision> + <revnumber>1.0</revnumber> + <date>2000</date> + <revdescription> + <para role="author">Eric Baudais <email>[email protected]</email></para> + <para role="publisher">GNOME Documentation Project</para> + </revdescription> + </revision> + <revision> + <revnumber>2.0</revnumber> + <date>March 2002</date> + <revdescription> + <para role="author">Sun GNOME Documentation Team</para> + <para role="publisher">GNOME Documentation Project</para> + </revdescription> + </revision> + <revision> + <revnumber>2.1</revnumber> + <date>June 2002</date> + <revdescription> + <para role="author">Sun GNOME Documentation Team</para> + <para role="publisher">GNOME Documentation Project</para> + </revdescription> + </revision> + <revision> + <revnumber>2.2</revnumber> + <date>August 2002</date> + <revdescription> + <para role="author">Sun GNOME Documentation Team</para> + <para role="publisher">GNOME Documentation Project</para> + </revdescription> + </revision> + <revision> + <revnumber>2.3</revnumber> + <date>September 2002</date> + <revdescription> + <para role="author">Sun GNOME Documentation Team</para> + <para role="publisher">GNOME Documentation Project</para> + </revdescription> + </revision> + <revision> + <revnumber>2.4</revnumber> + <date>January 2003</date> + <revdescription> + <para role="author">Sun GNOME Documentation Team</para> + <para role="publisher">GNOME Documentation Project</para> + </revdescription> + </revision> + <revision> + <revnumber>2.5</revnumber> + <date>March 2003</date> + <revdescription> + <para role="author">Sun GNOME Documentation Team</para> + <para role="publisher">GNOME Documentation Project</para> + </revdescription> + </revision> + <revision> + <revnumber>2.6</revnumber> + <date>September 2003</date> + <revdescription> + <para role="author">Sun GNOME Documentation Team</para> + <para role="publisher">GNOME Documentation Project</para> + </revdescription> + </revision> + <revision> + <revnumber>2.7</revnumber> + <date>March 2004</date> + <revdescription> + <para role="author">Sun GNOME Documentation Team</para> + <para role="publisher">GNOME Documentation Project</para> + </revdescription> + </revision> + <revision> + <revnumber>2.8</revnumber> + <date>July 2015</date> + <revdescription> + <para role="author">Sun Java Desktop System Documentation Team</para> + <para role="publisher">GNOME Documentation Project</para> + </revdescription> + </revision> + <revision> + <revnumber>2.9</revnumber> + <date>July 2006</date> + <revdescription> + <para role="author">GNOME Documentation Team</para> + <para role="publisher">GNOME Documentation Project</para> + </revdescription> + </revision> + <revision> + <revnumber>3.0</revnumber> + <date>July 2015</date> + <revdescription> + <para role="author">MATE Documentation Team</para> + <para role="publisher">MATE Documentation Project</para> + </revdescription> + </revision> + </revhistory> + + <releaseinfo>This manual describes version 1.10 of pluma.</releaseinfo> + + </info> + + <indexterm> + <primary>pluma</primary> + </indexterm> + <indexterm> + <primary>text editor</primary> + </indexterm> + + <!-- ============= Document Body ========================================= --> + <!-- ============= Introduction ========================================== --> + <section xml:id="pluma-intro"> + <info> + <title>Introduction</title> + </info> + <!-- removed ids, here as anchors to prevent possible breakage --> + <anchor xml:id="pluma-customize-toolbar"/> + <para>The <application>pluma</application> application enables you to create and edit text files.</para> + <para>The aim of <application>pluma</application> is to be a simple and easy to use text editor. More powerful features can be enabled with different <firstterm>plugins</firstterm>, allowing a variety of tasks related to text-editing.</para> + </section> + + <!-- ============= Getting Started ======================================= --> + <section xml:id="pluma-getting-started"> + <info> + <title>Getting Started</title> + </info> + + <!-- ============= To Start pluma ==================================== --> + <section xml:id="pluma-to-start"> + <info> + <title>Starting pluma</title> + </info> + <para>You can start <application>pluma</application> in the following ways:</para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <guimenu>Applications</guimenu> menu</term> + <listitem> + <para>Choose <menuchoice> <guisubmenu>Accessories</guisubmenu> <guimenuitem>Text Editor</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Command line</term> + <listitem> + <para>Execute the following command: <command>pluma</command></para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + <para>By default, when you open a text document in the file manager, pluma will start, and display the document.</para> + </section> + + <section xml:id="pluma-when-you-start"> + <info> + <title>The pluma Window</title> + </info> + <para>When you start <application>pluma</application>, the following window is displayed:</para> + + <figure xml:id="pluma-window"> + <info> + <title>pluma Window</title> + </info> + <screenshot> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="figures/pluma_window.png" format="PNG"/> + </imageobject> + <textobject> + <phrase>Shows pluma main window.</phrase> + </textobject> + </mediaobject> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para>The <application>pluma</application> window contains the following elements:</para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term>Menubar</term> + <listitem> + <para>The menus on the menubar contain all the commands you need to work with files in <application>pluma</application>.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Toolbar</term> + <listitem> + <para>The toolbar contains a subset of the commands that you can access from the menubar.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Display area</term> + <listitem> + <para>The display area contains the text of the file that you are editing.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Statusbar</term> + <listitem> + <para>The statusbar displays information about current <application>pluma</application> activity and contextual information about the menu items. The statusbar also displays the following information:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Cursor position: the line number and column number where the cursor is located.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Edit mode: If the editor is in insert mode, the statusbar contains the text <guilabel>INS</guilabel>. If the editor is in overwrite mode, the statusbar contains the text <guilabel>OVR</guilabel>. Press the <keycap>Insert</keycap> key to change edit mode.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Side Pane</term> + <listitem> + <para>The side pane displays a list of open documents, and other information depending on which plugins are enabled.</para> + <para>By default, the side pane is not shown. To show it, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Side Pane</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Bottom Pane</term> + <listitem> + <para>The bottom pane is used by programming tools such as the <application>Python Console</application> plugin to display output.</para> + <para>By default, the bottom pane is not shown. To show it, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bottom Pane</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + <para>When you right-click in the <application>pluma</application> window, the application displays a popup menu. The popup menu contains the most common text editing commands.</para> + <para>Like other MATE applications, actions in <application>pluma</application> can be performed in several ways: with the menu, with the toolbar, or with shortcut keys. Shortcuts keys common to all applications are listed in the <link xlink:href="help:mate-user-guide/shortcuts-apps">User Guide</link>.</para> + </section> + + <!-- ============= To Open Multiple Files from the Command Line ====== --> + <section xml:id="pluma-run-from-cmd-line"> + <info> + <title>Running pluma from a Command Line</title> + </info> + <para>You can run <application>pluma</application> from a command line and open a single file or multiple files. To open multiple files from a command line, type the following command, then press <keycap>Return</keycap>:</para> + <para> + <command>pluma <replaceable>file1.txt file2.txt file3.txt</replaceable></command> + </para> + <para>Alternatively, you can specify a URI instead of a filename.</para> + <para>Refer to the <link xlink:href="man:pluma"> <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>pluma</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</manvolnum> </citerefentry> </link> man page for more information on how to run <application>pluma</application> from a command line.</para> + </section> + </section> + + <!-- ================ Usage ============================================== --> + <section xml:id="pluma-usage"> + <info> + <title>Working with Files</title> + </info> + + <!-- ============= To Create a New File ============================== --> + <section xml:id="pluma-create-new-file"> + <info> + <title>Creating a New Document</title> + </info> + <para>To create a new document, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. The application displays a new blank document in the <application>pluma</application> window.</para> + </section> + + <!-- ============= To Open a File ==================================== --> + <section xml:id="pluma-open-file"> + <info> + <title>Opening a File</title> + </info> + <para>To open a file, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> to display the <guilabel>Open File</guilabel> dialog. Select the file that you want to open, then click <guibutton>Open</guibutton>. The file is displayed in the <application>pluma</application> window.</para> + <para>The application records the paths and filenames of the five most recent files that you edited and displays the files as menu items on the <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> </menuchoice> menu. You can also click on the <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="figures/pluma_recent_files_menu_icon.png" format="PNG"/> + </imageobject> + <textobject> + <phrase>Shows Recent Files menu icon.</phrase> + </textobject> + </inlinemediaobject> icon on the toolbar to display the list of recent files.</para> + <note> + <para>You can open multiple files in <application>pluma</application>. The application adds a tab for each open file to the window. For more on this see <xref linkend="pluma-tabs"/>.</para> + </note> + </section> + + <!-- ============= To Save a File ==================================== --> + <section xml:id="pluma-save-file"> + <info> + <title>Saving a File</title> + </info> + <para>You can save files in the following ways:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>To save changes to an existing file, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>To save a new file or to save an existing file under a new filename, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save As</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. Enter a name for the file in the <guilabel>Save As</guilabel> dialog, then click <guibutton>Save</guibutton>.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>To save all the files that are currently open in <application>pluma</application>, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Documents</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save All</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <para>To close all the files that are currently open in <application>pluma</application>, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Documents</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Close All</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.</para> + </section> + + <!-- ============= Working with tabs ================================= --> + <section xml:id="pluma-tabs"> + <info> + <title>Working With Tabs</title> + </info> + <para>When more than one file is open, <application>pluma</application> shows a <firstterm>tab</firstterm> for each document above the display area. To switch to another document, click on its tab.</para> + <para>To move a document to another <application> pluma</application> window, drag the tab corresponding to the file to the window you want to move it to.</para> + <para>To move a document to a new <application> pluma</application> window, either drag its tab to the desktop, or choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Documents</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Move to New Window</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.</para> + </section> + + </section> + + <section xml:id="working-with-text"> + <info> + <title>Working with Text</title> + </info> + + <!-- ============= To Edit Text ====================================== --> + <section xml:id="pluma-edit-text"> + <info> + <title>Editing Text</title> + </info> + <para>You can edit the text of a file in the following ways:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Type new text from the keyboard. The blinking <firstterm>insertion cursor</firstterm> marks the point where new text appears. To change this, use the arrow keys on the keyboard or click with the mouse.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>To copy the selected text to the clipboard, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Copy</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>To delete the selected text from the file and move the selected text to the clipboard, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Cut</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>To permanently delete the selected text from the file, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>To insert the contents of the clipboard at the cursor position, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Paste</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. You must cut or copy text before you can paste text into the file, either from pluma or another application.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>To select all the text in a file, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Select All</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <!-- ============== To Undo or Redo Edits ============================ --> + <section xml:id="pluma-undo-redo-edits"> + <info> + <title>Undoing and Redoing Changes</title> + </info> + <para>To undo a change you have made, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Undo</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. To reverse this action, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Redo</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.</para> + </section> + </section> + + <section xml:id="pluma-find"> + <info> + <title>Finding and Replacing</title> + </info> + <para>In <application>pluma</application>, there are two ways of searching for text. You can use the <guilabel>Find</guilabel> dialog to search for a specific piece of text, or <guilabel>Incremental Search</guilabel> to highlight matching text as you type it.</para> + + <!-- ============= To Find Text ================================ --> + <section xml:id="pluma-find-text"> + <info> + <title>Finding Text</title> + </info> + + <para>To search a file for a string of text, perform the following steps:</para> + <orderedlist inheritnum="ignore" continuation="restarts"> + <listitem> + <para>Choose <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Search</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Find</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> to display the <guilabel>Find</guilabel> dialog.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Type the string that you want to find in the <guilabel>Search for</guilabel> field. You can include special characters such as a new line or tab: see <xref linkend="pluma-find-escapes"/>.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Click <guibutton>Find</guibutton> to search the file for the first occurrence of the string after your current cursor position. If <application>pluma</application> finds the string, the application selects first occurrence of the string. Other occurrences of the string are highlighted.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>To find the next occurrence of the string, click <guibutton>Find</guibutton> or choose <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Search</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Find Next</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice>. To find the previous occurrence of the text, choose <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Search</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Find Previous</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice>.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <para>After you have closed the <guilabel>Find</guilabel> dialog, you can still move the selection to other occurrences of the text by choosing <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Search</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Find Next</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> and <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Search</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Find Previous</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice>.</para> + <para>To remove the highlighting from the text, choose <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Search</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Clear Highlight</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice>.</para> + </section> + + <section xml:id="pluma-find-incremental"> + <info> + <title>Incremental Search</title> + </info> + + + <para>Incremental search highlights matching text in the document as you type it letter by letter. (This is similar to the search feature in several web browsers.)</para> + <para>To start an incremental search, choose <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Search</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Incremental Search</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice>. The search box appears at the top of the display area. </para> + <para>Begin typing, and text that matches will be highlighted in the document. The first instance after the cursor position is also selected.</para> + <para>To advance the selection to the next match while keeping the incremental search box open, press <keycombo> + <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>G</keycap> + </keycombo>. Press <keycombo> + <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>Shift</keycap> + <keycap>G</keycap> + </keycombo> to go back to the previous match.</para> + <tip> + <para>You can also use the up and down arrow keys or the mouse wheel to move the selection between matches.</para> + </tip> + </section> + + <!-- ============= To Find and Replace Text ========================== --> + <section xml:id="pluma-find-replace-text"> + <info> + <title>Replacing Text</title> + </info> + <para>To search a file for a string, and replace the string with an alternative string, perform the following steps:</para> + <orderedlist inheritnum="ignore" continuation="restarts"> + <listitem> + <para>Choose <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Search</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Replace</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> to display the <guilabel>Replace</guilabel> dialog.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Type the string that you want to find, in the <guilabel>Search for</guilabel> field. You can include special characters such as a new line or tab: see <xref linkend="pluma-find-escapes"/>.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Type the string that you want to use to replace the string that you find, in the <guilabel>Replace with</guilabel> field.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + + <para>To examine each occurrence of the string before replacing it, click <guibutton>Find</guibutton>. If <application>pluma</application> finds the string, the application selects the string. Click <guibutton>Replace</guibutton> to replace the selected occurrence of the string. To find the next occurrence of the string, click <guibutton>Find</guibutton> again.</para> + <para>To replace all occurrences of the string throughout the document, click <guibutton>Replace All</guibutton>.</para> + </section> + + <!-- ============= Find and Replace Options ============================ --> + <section xml:id="pluma-find-options"> + <info> + <title>Find and Replace Options</title> + </info> + + <para>The <guilabel>Find</guilabel> dialog and the <guilabel>Replace</guilabel> dialog both have the following options:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Select the <guilabel>Match case</guilabel> option to only find occurrences of the string that match the case of the text that you type. For example, with <guilabel>Match case</guilabel> selected, "TEXT" will not match "text".</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Select the <guilabel>Match entire word only</guilabel> option to only find occurrences of the string that match the entire words of the text that you type. For example, with <guilabel>Match entire word only</guilabel> selected, "text" will not match "texture". <!-- translators, please make up your own example ;) --></para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Select the <guilabel>Search backwards</guilabel> option to search backwards towards the beginning of the document. </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Select the <guilabel>Wrap around</guilabel> option to search to one end of the document and then continue the search from the other end of the file. </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <!-- ============= Special Characters ============================ --> + <section xml:id="pluma-find-escapes"> + <info> + <title>Special Characters</title> + </info> + + <para>You can include the following escape sequences in the text to find or replace to represent special characters:</para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>\n</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Specifies a new line.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>\t</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Specifies a tab character.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>\r</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Specifies a carriage return.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>\\</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>The backslash character itself must be escaped if it is being searched for. + For example, if you are looking for the "<literal>\n</literal>" literal, you will + have to type "\\n" in the <guilabel>Search for</guilabel> field. Or if you are + looking for a sequence of backslashes, you will have to double the number of + searched backslashes.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </section> + + <!-- ============= To Position the Cursor on a Specific Line ========= --> + <section xml:id="pluma-goto-line"> + <info> + <title>Positioning the Cursor on a Specific Line</title> + </info> + <para>To position the cursor on a specific line in the current file, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Go to Line</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. The line number box appears at the top of the display area.</para> + <para>Begin typing the number of the line that you want to move the cursor to and the document will scroll to the specified line.</para> + <para>To dismiss the box and move the cursor to the specified line, press <keycap>Return</keycap>.</para> + </section> + </section> + + <section xml:id="pluma-printing"> + <info> + <title>Printing</title> + </info> + + <!-- ============= To Set the Page Options =========================== --> + <section xml:id="pluma-page-setup"> + <info> + <title>Setting the Page Options</title> + </info> + + <para>To set the page options, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Page Setup</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> to display the <guilabel>Page Setup</guilabel> dialog.</para> + + <para>The <guilabel>Page Setup</guilabel> dialog enables you to specify the following print options:</para> + + <section xml:id="pluma-page-setup-general"> + <info> + <title>General Tabbed Section</title> + </info> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <guilabel>Print syntax highlighting</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Select this option to print syntax highlighting. For more information about syntax highlighting, see <xref linkend="pluma-set-highlightmode"/>.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <guilabel>Print page headers</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Select this option to include a header on each page that you print. You cannot configure the header. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <guilabel>Line Numbers</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Select the <guilabel>Print line numbers</guilabel> option to include line numbers when you print a file.</para> + <para>Use the <guilabel>Number every ... lines </guilabel> spin box to specify how often to print the line numbers, for example every 5 lines, every 10 lines, and so on.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <guilabel>Text Wrapping</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Select the <guilabel>Enable text wrapping</guilabel> option to wrap text onto the next line, at a character level, when you print a file. The application counts wrapped lines as one line for line numbering purposes.</para> + <para>Select the <guilabel>Do not split words over two lines</guilabel> option to wrap text onto the next line, at a word level, when you print a file.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </section> + + <section xml:id="pluma-page-setup-fonts"> + <info> + <title>Fonts</title> + </info> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <guilabel>Body</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Click on this button to select the font used to print the body text of a file.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <guilabel>Line numbers</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Click on this button to select the font used to print line numbers.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <guilabel>Headers and footers</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Click on this button to select the font to use to print the headers and footers in a file. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + <para>To reset the fonts to the default fonts for printing a file from <application>pluma</application>, click <guibutton>Restore Default Fonts</guibutton>.</para> + </section> + </section> + + <!-- ============= To Print a File ============================ --> + <section xml:id="pluma-print-file"> + <info> + <title>Printing a Document</title> + </info> + <para>You can use <application>pluma</application> to perform the following print operations:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Print a document to a printer. </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Print the output of the print command to a file.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <para>If you print to a file, <application>pluma</application> sends the output of the file to a pre-press format file. The most common pre-press formats are PostScript and Portable Document Format (PDF).</para> + <para>To preview the pages that you want to print, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Print Preview</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.</para> + <para>To print the current file to a printer or a file, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Print</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> to display the <guilabel>Print</guilabel> dialog.</para> + <para>The <guilabel>Print</guilabel> dialog enables you to specify the following print options:</para> + + <section xml:id="print-dialog-job"> + <info> + <title>Job Tabbed Section</title> + </info> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <guilabel>Print range</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Select one of the following options to determine how many pages to print:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>All</guilabel> + </para> + <para>Select this option to print all the pages in the file.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Lines</guilabel> + </para> + <para>Select this option to print the specified lines only. Use the <guilabel>From</guilabel> and <guilabel>To</guilabel> spin boxes to specify the line range.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Selection</guilabel> + </para> + <para>Select this option to print the selected text only. This option is only available if you select text.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <guilabel>Copies</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Use the <guilabel>Number of copies</guilabel> spin box to specify the number of copies of the file that you want to print.</para> + <para>If you print multiple copies of the file, select the <guilabel>Collate</guilabel> option to collate the printed copies.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </section> + + <section xml:id="print-dialog-printer"> + <info> + <title>Printer Tabbed Section</title> + </info> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <guilabel>Printer</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Use this drop-down list to select the printer to which you want to print the file.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <guilabel>Settings</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Use this drop-down list to select the printer settings.</para> + <para>To configure the printer, click <guibutton>Configure</guibutton>. For example, you can enable or disable duplex printing, or schedule delayed printing, if this functionality is supported by the printer.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <guilabel>Location</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Use this drop-down list to select one of the following print destinations:</para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <guilabel>CUPS</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Print the file to a CUPS printer.</para> + <note> + <para>If the selected printer is a CUPS printer, <guilabel>CUPS</guilabel> is the only entry in this drop-down list.</para> + </note> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <guilabel>lpr</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Print the file to a printer.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <guilabel>File</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Print the file to a PostScript file.</para> + <para>Click <guibutton>Save As</guibutton> to display a dialog where you specify the name and location of the PostScript file.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Use the specified command to print the file.</para> + <para>Type the name of the command in the text box. Include all command-line arguments.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <guilabel>State</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>This functionality is not supported in this version of pluma.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <guilabel>Type</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>This functionality is not supported in this version of pluma.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <guilabel>Comment</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>This functionality is not supported in this version of pluma.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </section> + + <section xml:id="print-dialog-paper"> + <info> + <title>Paper Tabbed Section</title> + </info> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <guilabel>Paper size</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Use this drop-down list to select the size of the paper to which you want to print the file.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <guilabel>Width</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Use this spin box to specify the width of the paper. Use the adjacent drop-down list to change the measurement unit.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <guilabel>Height</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Use this spin box to specify the height of the paper.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <guilabel>Feed orientation</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Use this drop-down list to select the orientation of the paper in the printer.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <guilabel>Page orientation</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Use this drop-down list to select the page orientation.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <guilabel>Layout</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Use this drop-down list to select the page layout. A preview of each layout that you select is displayed in the <guilabel>Preview</guilabel> area.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <guilabel>Paper tray</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Use this drop-down list to select the paper tray.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </section> + </section> + </section> + + <section xml:id="pluma-programming-features"> + <info> + <title>Programming Features</title> + </info> + <para>Several of <application>pluma</application>'s features for programming are provided with plugins. For example, the Tag List plugin provides a list of commonly-used tags for different markup languages: see <xref linkend="pluma-tag-list-plugin"/>.</para> + + <!-- ============= Syntax Highlighting ============================== --> + <section xml:id="pluma-set-highlightmode"> + <info> + <title>Syntax Highlighting</title> + </info> + + <para>Syntax highlighting makes source code easier to read by showing different parts of the text in different colors.</para> + <para><application>pluma</application> chooses an appropriate syntax highlighting mode based on a document's type. To override the syntax highlighting mode, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Highlight Mode</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, then choose one of the following menu items:</para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <guimenuitem>Normal</guimenuitem> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Do not display any syntax highlighting.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <guisubmenu>Sources</guisubmenu> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Display syntax highlighting to edit source code. Use the <guisubmenu>Sources</guisubmenu> submenu to select the source code type.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <guisubmenu>Markup</guisubmenu> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Display syntax highlighting to edit markup code. Use the <guisubmenu>Markup</guisubmenu> submenu to select the markup code type.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <guisubmenu>Scripts</guisubmenu> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Display syntax highlighting to edit script code. Use the <guisubmenu>Scripts</guisubmenu> submenu to select the script code type.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <guisubmenu>Others</guisubmenu> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Display syntax highlighting to edit other types of code. Use the <guisubmenu>Others</guisubmenu> submenu to select the code type.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </section> + + <!-- ============= To Pipe the Output of a Command to a File ========= --> + <section xml:id="pluma-pipe-output"> + <info> + <title>Piping the Output of a Command to a File</title> + </info> + <para>You can use <application>pluma</application> to pipe the output of a command to a text file. For example, to pipe the output of an <command>ls</command> command to a text file, type <command>ls | pluma</command>, then press <keycap>Return</keycap>.</para> + <para>The output of the <command>ls</command> command is displayed in a new text file in the <application>pluma</application> window.</para> + <para>Alternatively, you can use the <application>External tools</application> plugin to pipe command output to the current file. <!-- fixme: xref needed! --></para> + </section> + </section> + + <!-- ================ Shortcut Keys ====================================== --> + <section xml:id="pluma-shortcutkeys"> + <info> + <title>Shortcut Keys</title> + </info> + <para>Use shortcut keys to perform common tasks more quickly than with the mouse and menus. The following tables list all of <application>pluma</application>'s shortcut keys.</para> + <para>For more on shortcut keys, see the <link xlink:href="help:mate-user-guide/keyboard-skills">Desktop User Guide</link>.</para> + + <!-- ============= Tabs ======================== --> + <bridgehead>Tabs</bridgehead> + <para>Shortcuts for tabs:</para> + <informaltable frame="all"> + <tgroup cols="2" colsep="1" rowsep="1"> + <colspec colname="COLSPEC0" colwidth="50*"/> + <colspec colname="COLSPEC1" colwidth="50*"/> + <thead> + <row valign="top"> <entry colname="COLSPEC0"> - <para>Shortcut Key</para></entry> + <para>Shortcut Key</para> + </entry> <entry colname="COLSPEC1" align="left"> - <para>Command</para></entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row valign="top"> - <entry><para>Ctrl + N</para></entry> - <entry><para>Create a new document.</para></entry> - </row> - <row valign="top"> - <entry><para>Ctrl + O</para></entry> - <entry><para>Open a document.</para></entry> - </row> - <row valign="top"> - <entry><para>Ctrl + L</para></entry> - <entry><para>Open a location.</para></entry> - </row> - <row valign="top"> - <entry><para>Ctrl + S</para></entry> - <entry><para>Save the current document to disk.</para></entry> - </row> - <row valign="top"> - <entry><para>Ctrl + Shift + S</para></entry> - <entry><para>Save the current document with a new filename.</para></entry> - </row> - <row valign="top"> - <entry><para>Ctrl + P</para></entry> - <entry><para>Print the current document.</para></entry> - </row> - <row valign="top"> - <entry><para>Ctrl + Shift + P</para></entry> - <entry><para>Print preview.</para></entry> - </row> - <row valign="top"> - <entry><para>Ctrl + W</para></entry> - <entry><para>Close the current document.</para></entry> - </row> - <row valign="top"> - <entry><para>Ctrl + Q</para></entry> - <entry><para>Quit Pluma.</para></entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - - <!-- ============= Edit ======================= --> - <bridgehead>Edit</bridgehead> - <para>Shortcuts for editing documents:</para> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2" colsep="1" rowsep="1"> - <colspec colname="COLSPEC0" colwidth="50*"/> - <colspec colname="COLSPEC1" colwidth="50*"/> - <thead> - <row valign="top"> + <para>Command</para> + </entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row valign="top"> + <entry> + <para>Ctrl + Alt + PageUp</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Switches to the next tab to the left.</para> + </entry> + </row> + <row valign="top"> + <entry> + <para>Ctrl + Alt + PageDown</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Switches to the next tab to the right.</para> + </entry> + </row> + <row valign="top"> + <entry> + <para>Ctrl + W</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Close tab.</para> + </entry> + </row> + <row valign="top"> + <entry> + <para>Ctrl + Shift + L</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Save all tabs.</para> + </entry> + </row> + <row valign="top"> + <entry> + <para>Ctrl + Shift + W</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Close all tabs. </para> + </entry> + </row> + <row valign="top"> + <entry> + <para>Alt + n</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Jump to nth tab.</para> + </entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </informaltable> + + <!-- ============= Files ======================== --> + <bridgehead>Files</bridgehead> + <para>Shortcuts for working with files:</para> + <informaltable frame="all"> + <tgroup cols="2" colsep="1" rowsep="1"> + <colspec colname="COLSPEC0" colwidth="50*"/> + <colspec colname="COLSPEC1" colwidth="50*"/> + <thead> + <row valign="top"> <entry colname="COLSPEC0"> - <para>Shortcut Key</para></entry> + <para>Shortcut Key</para> + </entry> <entry colname="COLSPEC1" align="left"> - <para>Command</para></entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row valign="top"> - <entry><para>Ctrl + Z</para></entry> - <entry><para>Undo the last action.</para></entry> - </row> - <row valign="top"> - <entry><para>Ctrl + Shift + Z</para></entry> - <entry><para>Redo the last undone action .</para></entry> - </row> - <row valign="top"> - <entry><para>Ctrl + X</para></entry> - <entry><para>Cut the selected text or region and place it on the clipboard.</para></entry> - </row> - <row valign="top"> - <entry><para>Ctrl + C</para></entry> - <entry><para>Copy the selected text or region onto the clipboard.</para></entry> - </row> - <row valign="top"> - <entry><para>Ctrl + V</para></entry> - <entry><para>Paste the contents of the clipboard.</para></entry> - </row> - <row valign="top"> - <entry><para>Ctrl + A</para></entry> - <entry><para>Select all.</para></entry> - </row> - <row valign="top"> - <entry><para>Ctrl + D</para></entry> - <entry><para>Delete current line.</para></entry> - </row> - <row valign="top"> - <entry><para>Alt + Up</para></entry> - <entry><para>Move the selected line up one line.</para></entry> - </row> - <row valign="top"> - <entry><para>Alt + Down</para></entry> - <entry><para>Move the selected line down one line.</para></entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - - <!-- ============= Panes ======================= --> - <bridgehead>Panes</bridgehead> - <para>Shortcuts for showing and hiding panes:</para> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2" colsep="1" rowsep="1"> - <colspec colname="COLSPEC0" colwidth="50*"/> - <colspec colname="COLSPEC1" colwidth="50*"/> - <thead> - <row valign="top"> + <para>Command</para> + </entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row valign="top"> + <entry> + <para>Ctrl + N</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Create a new document.</para> + </entry> + </row> + <row valign="top"> + <entry> + <para>Ctrl + O</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Open a document.</para> + </entry> + </row> + <row valign="top"> + <entry> + <para>Ctrl + L</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Open a location.</para> + </entry> + </row> + <row valign="top"> + <entry> + <para>Ctrl + S</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Save the current document to disk.</para> + </entry> + </row> + <row valign="top"> + <entry> + <para>Ctrl + Shift + S</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Save the current document with a new filename.</para> + </entry> + </row> + <row valign="top"> + <entry> + <para>Ctrl + P</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Print the current document.</para> + </entry> + </row> + <row valign="top"> + <entry> + <para>Ctrl + Shift + P</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Print preview.</para> + </entry> + </row> + <row valign="top"> + <entry> + <para>Ctrl + W</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Close the current document.</para> + </entry> + </row> + <row valign="top"> + <entry> + <para>Ctrl + Q</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Quit Pluma.</para> + </entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </informaltable> + + <!-- ============= Edit ======================= --> + <bridgehead>Edit</bridgehead> + <para>Shortcuts for editing documents:</para> + <informaltable frame="all"> + <tgroup cols="2" colsep="1" rowsep="1"> + <colspec colname="COLSPEC0" colwidth="50*"/> + <colspec colname="COLSPEC1" colwidth="50*"/> + <thead> + <row valign="top"> <entry colname="COLSPEC0"> - <para>Shortcut Key</para></entry> + <para>Shortcut Key</para> + </entry> <entry colname="COLSPEC1" align="left"> - <para>Command</para></entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row valign="top"> - <entry><para>F9</para></entry> - <entry><para>Show/hide the side pane.</para></entry> - </row> - <row valign="top"> - <entry><para>Ctrl + F9</para></entry> - <entry><para>Show/hide the bottom pane.</para></entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - - <!-- ============= Search ======================= --> - <bridgehead>Search</bridgehead> - <para>Shortcuts for searching:</para> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2" colsep="1" rowsep="1"> - <colspec colname="COLSPEC0" colwidth="50*"/> - <colspec colname="COLSPEC1" colwidth="50*"/> - <thead> - <row valign="top"> + <para>Command</para> + </entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row valign="top"> + <entry> + <para>Ctrl + Z</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Undo the last action.</para> + </entry> + </row> + <row valign="top"> + <entry> + <para>Ctrl + Shift + Z</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Redo the last undone action .</para> + </entry> + </row> + <row valign="top"> + <entry> + <para>Ctrl + X</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Cut the selected text or region and place it on the clipboard.</para> + </entry> + </row> + <row valign="top"> + <entry> + <para>Ctrl + C</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Copy the selected text or region onto the clipboard.</para> + </entry> + </row> + <row valign="top"> + <entry> + <para>Ctrl + V</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Paste the contents of the clipboard.</para> + </entry> + </row> + <row valign="top"> + <entry> + <para>Ctrl + A</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Select all.</para> + </entry> + </row> + <row valign="top"> + <entry> + <para>Ctrl + D</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Delete current line.</para> + </entry> + </row> + <row valign="top"> + <entry> + <para>Alt + Up</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Move the selected line up one line.</para> + </entry> + </row> + <row valign="top"> + <entry> + <para>Alt + Down</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Move the selected line down one line.</para> + </entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </informaltable> + + <!-- ============= Panes ======================= --> + <bridgehead>Panes</bridgehead> + <para>Shortcuts for showing and hiding panes:</para> + <informaltable frame="all"> + <tgroup cols="2" colsep="1" rowsep="1"> + <colspec colname="COLSPEC0" colwidth="50*"/> + <colspec colname="COLSPEC1" colwidth="50*"/> + <thead> + <row valign="top"> <entry colname="COLSPEC0"> - <para>Shortcut Key</para></entry> + <para>Shortcut Key</para> + </entry> <entry colname="COLSPEC1" align="left"> - <para>Command</para></entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row valign="top"> - <entry><para>Ctrl + F</para></entry> - <entry><para>Find a string.</para></entry> - </row> - <row valign="top"> - <entry><para>Ctrl + G</para></entry> - <entry><para>Find the next instance of the string.</para></entry> - </row> - <row valign="top"> - <entry><para>Ctrl + Shift + G</para></entry> - <entry><para>Find the previous instance of the string.</para></entry> - </row> - <row valign="top"> - <entry><para>Ctrl + K</para></entry> - <entry><para>Interactive search.</para></entry> - </row> - <row valign="top"> - <entry><para>Ctrl + H</para></entry> - <entry><para>Search and replace.</para></entry> - </row> - <row valign="top"> - <entry><para>Ctrl + Shift + K</para></entry> - <entry><para>Clear highlight.</para></entry> - </row> - <row valign="top"> - <entry><para>Ctrl + I</para></entry> - <entry><para>Goto line.</para></entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - <!-- ============= Tools ======================= --> - <bridgehead>Tools</bridgehead> - <para>Shortcuts for tools:</para> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2" colsep="1" rowsep="1"> - <colspec colname="COLSPEC0" colwidth="50*"/> - <colspec colname="COLSPEC1" colwidth="50*"/> - <thead> - <row valign="top"> + <para>Command</para> + </entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row valign="top"> + <entry> + <para>F9</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Show/hide the side pane.</para> + </entry> + </row> + <row valign="top"> + <entry> + <para>Ctrl + F9</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Show/hide the bottom pane.</para> + </entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </informaltable> + + <!-- ============= Search ======================= --> + <bridgehead>Search</bridgehead> + <para>Shortcuts for searching:</para> + <informaltable frame="all"> + <tgroup cols="2" colsep="1" rowsep="1"> + <colspec colname="COLSPEC0" colwidth="50*"/> + <colspec colname="COLSPEC1" colwidth="50*"/> + <thead> + <row valign="top"> + <entry colname="COLSPEC0"> + <para>Shortcut Key</para> + </entry> + <entry colname="COLSPEC1" align="left"> + <para>Command</para> + </entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row valign="top"> + <entry> + <para>Ctrl + F</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Find a string.</para> + </entry> + </row> + <row valign="top"> + <entry> + <para>Ctrl + G</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Find the next instance of the string.</para> + </entry> + </row> + <row valign="top"> + <entry> + <para>Ctrl + Shift + G</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Find the previous instance of the string.</para> + </entry> + </row> + <row valign="top"> + <entry> + <para>Ctrl + K</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Interactive search.</para> + </entry> + </row> + <row valign="top"> + <entry> + <para>Ctrl + H</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Search and replace.</para> + </entry> + </row> + <row valign="top"> + <entry> + <para>Ctrl + Shift + K</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Clear highlight.</para> + </entry> + </row> + <row valign="top"> + <entry> + <para>Ctrl + I</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Goto line.</para> + </entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </informaltable> + + <!-- ============= Tools ======================= --> + <bridgehead>Tools</bridgehead> + <para>Shortcuts for tools:</para> + <informaltable frame="all"> + <tgroup cols="2" colsep="1" rowsep="1"> + <colspec colname="COLSPEC0" colwidth="50*"/> + <colspec colname="COLSPEC1" colwidth="50*"/> + <thead> + <row valign="top"> <entry colname="COLSPEC0"> - <para>Shortcut Key</para></entry> + <para>Shortcut Key</para> + </entry> <entry colname="COLSPEC1" align="left"> - <para>Command</para></entry> - </row> + <para>Command</para> + </entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row valign="top"> + <entry> + <para>Shift + F7</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Check spelling (with plugin).</para> + </entry> + </row> + <row valign="top"> + <entry> + <para>Alt + F12</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Remove trailing spaces (with plugin).</para> + </entry> + </row> + <row valign="top"> + <entry> + <para>Ctrl + T</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Indent (with plugin).</para> + </entry> + </row> + <row valign="top"> + <entry> + <para>Ctrl + Shift + T</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Remove Indent (with plugin).</para> + </entry> + </row> + <row valign="top"> + <entry> + <para>F8</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Run "make" in current directory (with plugin).</para> + </entry> + </row> + <row valign="top"> + <entry> + <para>Ctrl + Shift + D</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Directory listing (with plugin).</para> + </entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </informaltable> + + <!-- ============= Help ======================= --> + <bridgehead>Help</bridgehead> + <para>Shortcuts for help:</para> + <informaltable frame="all"> + <tgroup cols="2" colsep="1" rowsep="1"> + <colspec colname="COLSPEC0" colwidth="50*"/> + <colspec colname="COLSPEC1" colwidth="50*"/> + <thead> + <row valign="top"> + <entry colname="COLSPEC0"> + <para>Shortcut Key</para> + </entry> + <entry colname="COLSPEC1" align="left"> + <para>Command</para> + </entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row valign="top"> + <entry> + <para>F1</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Open <application>pluma</application>'s user manual.</para> + </entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </informaltable> + </section> + + <!-- ============= Preferences ============================= --> + <section xml:id="pluma-prefs"> + <info> + <title>Preferences</title> + </info> + <para>To configure <application>pluma</application>, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. The <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialog contains the following categories:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + <xref linkend="pluma-prefs-view"/> + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <xref linkend="pluma-prefs-editor"/> + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <xref linkend="pluma-prefs-fontsandcolors"/> + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <xref linkend="pluma-prefs-plugins"/> + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <section xml:id="pluma-prefs-view"> + <info> + <title>View Preferences</title> + </info> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <guilabel>Text Wrapping</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Select the <guilabel>Enable text wrapping</guilabel> option to have long lines of text flow into paragraphs instead of running off the edge of the text window. This avoids having to scroll horizontally</para> + <para>Select the <guilabel>Do not split words over two lines</guilabel> option to have the text wrapping option preserve whole words when flowing text to the next line. This makes text easier to read.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <guilabel>Line Numbers</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Select the <guilabel>Display line numbers</guilabel> option to display line numbers on the left side of the <application>pluma</application> window. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <guilabel>Current Line</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Select the <guilabel>Highlight current line</guilabel> option to highlight the line where the cursor is placed. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <guilabel>Right Margin</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Select the <guilabel>Display right margin</guilabel> option to display a vertical line that indicates the right margin. </para> + <para>Use the <guilabel>Right margin at column</guilabel> spin box to specify the location of the vertical line. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <guilabel>Bracket Matching</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Select the <guilabel>Highlight matching bracket</guilabel> option to highlight the corresponding bracket when the cursor is positioned on a bracket character. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </section> + + <section xml:id="pluma-prefs-editor"> + <info> + <title>Editor Preferences</title> + </info> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <guilabel>Tabs</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Use the <guilabel>Tab width</guilabel> spin box to specify the width of the space that <application> pluma</application> inserts when you press the <keycap>Tab</keycap> key. </para> + <para>Select the <guilabel>Insert spaces instead of tabs</guilabel> option to specify that <application> pluma</application> inserts spaces instead of a tab character when you press the <keycap>Tab</keycap> key. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <guilabel>Auto Indentation</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Select the <guilabel>Enable auto indentation</guilabel> option to specify that the next line starts at the indentation level of the current line. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <guilabel>File Saving</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Select the <guilabel>Create a backup copy of files before saving</guilabel> option to create a backup copy of a file each time you save the file. The backup copy of the file contains a ~ at the end of the filename.</para> + <para>Select the <guilabel>Autosave files every ... minutes</guilabel> option to automatically save the current file at regular intervals. Use the spin box to specify how often you want to save the file.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </section> + + <section xml:id="pluma-prefs-fontsandcolors"> + <info> + <title>Font & Colors Preferences</title> + </info> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <guilabel>Font</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Select the <guilabel>Use default theme font</guilabel> option to use the default system font for the text in the <application>pluma</application> text window. </para> + <para>The <guilabel>Editor font</guilabel> field displays the font that <application>pluma</application> uses to display text. Click on the button to specify the font type, style, and size to use for text. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <guilabel>Color Scheme</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>You can choose a color scheme from the list of color schemes. By default, the following color schemes are installed:</para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <guilabel>Classic</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Classic color scheme based on the gvim color scheme.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <guilabel>Cobalt</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Blue based color scheme.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <guilabel>Kate</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Color scheme used in the Kate text editor.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <guilabel>Oblivion</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Dark color scheme using the Tango color palette.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <guilabel>Tango</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Color scheme using the Tango color scheme.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + <para>You can add a new color scheme by clicking on <guilabel>Add...</guilabel>, and selecting a color scheme file</para> + <para>You can remove the selected color scheme by clicking on <guilabel>Remove</guilabel></para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </section> + + <section xml:id="pluma-prefs-plugins"> + <info> + <title>Plugins Preferences</title> + </info> + <para>Plugins add extra features to <application>pluma</application>. For more information on plugins and how to use the built-in plugins, see <xref linkend="pluma-plugins-overview"/>.</para> + + <!-- ============= To Load pluma Plugins ========================= --> + <section xml:id="pluma-install-plugins"> + <info> + <title>Enabling a Plugin</title> + </info> + <para>To enable a <application>pluma</application> plugin, perform the following steps:</para> + <orderedlist inheritnum="ignore" continuation="restarts"> + <listitem> + <para>Choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Select the <guilabel>Plugins</guilabel> tab.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Select the check box next to the name of the plugin that you want to enable.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialog.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </section> + + <!-- ============= To Remove pluma Plugins ========================= --> + <section xml:id="pluma-remove-plugins"> + <info> + <title>Disabling a Plugin</title> + </info> + + <para>A plugin remains enabled when you quit <application>pluma</application>. </para> + <para>To disable a <application>pluma</application> plugin, perform the following steps:</para> + <orderedlist inheritnum="ignore" continuation="restarts"> + <listitem> + <para>Choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Select the <guilabel>Plugins</guilabel> tab. </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Deselect the check box next to the name of the plugin that you want to disable.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialog. </para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </section> + </section> + </section> + + <!-- ============= To Use the pluma Plugins ========================= --> + <section xml:id="pluma-plugins"> + <info> + <title>Plugins</title> + </info> + + <section xml:id="pluma-plugins-overview"> + <info> + <title>Working with Plugins</title> + </info> + <para>You can add extra features to <application>pluma</application> by enabling <firstterm>plugins</firstterm>. A plugin is a supplementary program that enhances the functionality of an application. Plugins add new items to the <application>pluma</application> menus for the new features they provide. + </para> + <para>Several plugins come built-in with <application>pluma</application>, and you can install more. The <link xlink:href="http://live.gnome.org/Pluma/Plugins">pluma website</link> lists third-party plugins.</para> + <para>To enable and disable plugins, or see which plugins are currently enabled, use the <link linkend="pluma-prefs-plugins">Plugins Preferences</link>.</para> + <para>The following plugins come built-in with <application>pluma</application>:</para> + <!-- Not yet documented: + File browser + --> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + <link linkend="pluma-change-case-plugin"> + <application>Change Case</application> + </link> allows you to change the case of the selected text.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <application> + <link linkend="pluma-document-statistics-plugin">Document Statistics</link> + </application> shows the number of lines, words, and characters in the document. </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <application> + <link linkend="pluma-external-tools-plugin">External Tools</link> + </application> allows you to execute external commands from <application>pluma</application>.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <application><!-- <link linkend="pluma-file-browser-plugin">File Browser</link>-->File Browser</application> allows you to browse your files and folders in the side pane.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <application> + <link linkend="pluma-indent-lines-plugin">Indent Lines</link> + </application> adds or removes indentation from the selected lines.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <application> + <link linkend="pluma-insert-date-time-plugin">Insert Date/Time</link> + </application> adds the current date and time into a document.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <application> + <link linkend="pluma-modelines-plugin">Modelines</link> + </application> allows you to set editing preferences for individual documents, and supports <application>Emacs</application>, <application>Kate</application> and <application>Vim</application>-style modelines.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <application> + <link linkend="pluma-python-console-plugin">Python Console</link> + </application> allows you to run commands in the python programming language.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <application> + <link linkend="pluma-snippets-plugin">Snippets</link> + </application> allows you to store frequently-used pieces of text and insert them quickly into a document.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <application> + <link linkend="pluma-sort-plugin">Sort</link> + </application> arranges selected lines of text into alphabetical order.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <application> + <link linkend="pluma-spell-checker-plugin">Spell Checker</link> + </application> corrects the spelling in the selected text, or marks errors automatically in the document.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <application> + <link linkend="pluma-tag-list-plugin">Tag List</link> + </application> lets you insert commonly-used tags for HTML and other languages from a list in the side pane.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <note> + <para>For more information on creating plugins, see the <link xlink:href="http://live.gnome.org/Pluma/Plugins"> <application>pluma</application> website</link>.</para> + </note> + </section> + + <section xml:id="pluma-change-case-plugin"> + <info> + <title>Change Case Plugin</title> + </info> + <para>The <application>Change Case</application> plugin changes the case of the selected text.</para> + <para>The following items are added to the <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> menu when the <application>Change Case</application> plugin is enabled:</para> + <informaltable frame="all"> + <tgroup cols="3" colsep="1" rowsep="1"> + <colspec colname="COLSPEC0" colwidth="33*"/> + <colspec colname="COLSPEC1" colwidth="33*"/> + <colspec colname="COLSPEC2" colwidth="33*"/> + <thead> + <row valign="top"> + <entry colname="COLSPEC0"> + <para>Menu Item</para> + </entry> + <entry colname="COLSPEC1"> + <para>Action</para> + </entry> + <entry colname="COLSPEC2"> + <para>Example</para> + </entry> + </row> </thead> <tbody> - <row valign="top"> - <entry><para>Shift + F7</para></entry> - <entry><para>Check spelling (with plugin).</para></entry> - </row> - <row valign="top"> - <entry><para>Alt + F12</para></entry> - <entry><para>Remove trailing spaces (with plugin).</para></entry> - </row> - <row valign="top"> - <entry><para>Ctrl + T</para></entry> - <entry><para>Indent (with plugin).</para></entry> - </row> - <row valign="top"> - <entry><para>Ctrl + Shift + T</para></entry> - <entry><para>Remove Indent (with plugin).</para></entry> - </row> - <row valign="top"> - <entry><para>F8</para></entry> - <entry><para>Run "make" in current directory (with plugin).</para></entry> - </row> - <row valign="top"> - <entry><para>Ctrl + Shift + D</para></entry> - <entry><para>Directory listing (with plugin).</para></entry> - </row> + <row valign="top"> + <entry> + <para><menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guisubmenu>Change Case</guisubmenu> <guimenuitem>All Upper Case</guimenuitem> </menuchoice></para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Change each character to uppercase. </para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para><literal>This text</literal> becomes <literal>THIS TEXT</literal></para> + </entry> + </row> + <row valign="top"> + <entry> + <para><menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guisubmenu>Change Case</guisubmenu> <guimenuitem>All Lower Case</guimenuitem> </menuchoice></para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Change each character to lowercase. </para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para><literal>This Text</literal> becomes <literal>this text</literal></para> + </entry> + </row> + <row valign="top"> + <entry> + <para><menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guisubmenu>Change Case</guisubmenu> <guimenuitem>Invert Case</guimenuitem> </menuchoice></para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Change each lowercase character to uppercase, and change each uppercase character to lowercase. </para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para><literal>This Text</literal> becomes <literal>tHIS tEXT</literal></para> + </entry> + </row> + <row valign="top"> + <entry> + <para><menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guisubmenu>Change Case</guisubmenu> <guimenuitem>Title Case</guimenuitem> </menuchoice></para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Change the first character of each word to uppercase. </para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para><literal>this text</literal> becomes <literal>This Text</literal></para> + </entry> + </row> </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - <!-- ============= Help ======================= --> - <bridgehead>Help</bridgehead> - <para>Shortcuts for help:</para> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2" colsep="1" rowsep="1"> - <colspec colname="COLSPEC0" colwidth="50*"/> - <colspec colname="COLSPEC1" colwidth="50*"/> - <thead> - <row valign="top"> - <entry colname="COLSPEC0"> - <para>Shortcut Key</para></entry> - <entry colname="COLSPEC1" align="left"> - <para>Command</para></entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row valign="top"> - <entry><para>F1</para></entry> - <entry><para>Open <application>&app;</application>'s user manual.</para></entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - -</sect1> - - - -<!-- ============= Preferences ============================= --> - <sect1 id="pluma-prefs"> - <title>Preferences</title> - - <para>To configure <application>&app;</application>, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. The <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialog contains the following categories:</para> - <itemizedlist> - <listitem><para><xref linkend="pluma-prefs-view"/></para></listitem> - <listitem><para><xref linkend="pluma-prefs-editor"/></para></listitem> - <listitem><para><xref linkend="pluma-prefs-fontsandcolors"/></para></listitem> - <listitem><para><xref linkend="pluma-prefs-plugins"/></para></listitem> - </itemizedlist> - - <sect2 id="pluma-prefs-view"> - <title>View Preferences</title> - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Text Wrapping</guilabel> </term> - <listitem> - <para>Select the <guilabel>Enable text wrapping</guilabel> option to have long lines of text flow into paragraphs instead of running off the edge of the text window. This avoids having to scroll horizontally</para> - <para>Select the <guilabel>Do not split words over two lines</guilabel> option to have the text wrapping option preserve whole words when flowing text to the next line. This makes text easier to read.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Line Numbers</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para>Select the <guilabel>Display line numbers</guilabel> option to display line numbers on the left side of the <application>&app;</application> window. </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Current Line</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para>Select the <guilabel>Highlight current line</guilabel> option to highlight the line where the cursor is placed. </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Right Margin</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para>Select the <guilabel>Display right margin</guilabel> option to display a vertical line that indicates the right margin. </para> - <para>Use the <guilabel>Right margin at column</guilabel> spin box to specify the location of the vertical line. </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Bracket Matching</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para>Select the <guilabel>Highlight matching bracket</guilabel> option to highlight the corresponding bracket when the cursor is positioned on a bracket character. </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - </variablelist> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="pluma-prefs-editor"> - <title>Editor Preferences</title> - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Tabs</guilabel> </term> - <listitem> - <para>Use the <guilabel>Tab width</guilabel> spin box to specify the width of the space that <application> &app;</application> inserts when you press the <keycap>Tab</keycap> key. </para> - <para>Select the <guilabel>Insert spaces instead of tabs</guilabel> option to specify that <application> &app;</application> inserts spaces instead of a tab character when you press the <keycap>Tab</keycap> key. </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Auto Indentation</guilabel> </term> - <listitem> - <para>Select the <guilabel>Enable auto indentation</guilabel> option to specify that the next line starts at the indentation level of the current line. </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>File Saving</guilabel> </term> - <listitem> - <para>Select the <guilabel>Create a backup copy of files before saving</guilabel> option to create a backup copy of a file each time you save the file. The backup copy of the file contains a ~ at the end of the filename.</para> - <para>Select the <guilabel>Autosave files every ... minutes</guilabel> option to automatically save the current file at regular intervals. Use the spin box to specify how often you want to save the file.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="pluma-prefs-fontsandcolors"> - <title>Font & Colors Preferences</title> - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Font</guilabel> </term> - <listitem> - <para>Select the <guilabel>Use default theme font</guilabel> option to use the default system font for the text in the <application>&app;</application> text window. </para> - <para>The <guilabel>Editor font</guilabel> field displays the font that <application>&app;</application> uses to display text. Click on the button to specify the font type, style, and size to use for text. </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Color Scheme</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para>You can choose a color scheme from the list of color schemes. By default, the following color schemes are installed:</para> - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Classic</guilabel></term> + </tgroup> + </informaltable> + + </section> + + <section xml:id="pluma-document-statistics-plugin"> + <info> + <title>Document Statistics Plugin</title> + </info> + + <para>The <application>Document Statistics</application> plugin counts the number of lines, words, characters with spaces, characters without spaces, and bytes in the current file. The plugin displays the results in a <guilabel>Document Statistics</guilabel> dialog. To use the Document Statistics plugin, perform the following steps:</para> + <orderedlist inheritnum="ignore" continuation="restarts"> <listitem> - <para>Classic color scheme based on the gvim color scheme.</para> + <para>Choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Document Statistics</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> to display the <guilabel>Document Statistics</guilabel> dialog. The <guilabel>Document Statistics</guilabel> dialog displays the following information about the file:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Number of lines in the current document.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Number of words in the current document.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Number of characters, including spaces, in the current document.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Number of characters, not including spaces, in the current document.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Number of bytes in the current document.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Cobalt</guilabel></term> <listitem> - <para>Blue based color scheme.</para> + <para>You can continue to update the <application>pluma</application> file while the <guilabel>Document Statistics</guilabel> dialog is open. To refresh the contents of the <guilabel>Document Statistics</guilabel> dialog, click <guibutton>Update</guibutton>.</para> </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Kate</guilabel></term> + </orderedlist> + </section> + + <section xml:id="pluma-external-tools-plugin"> + <info> + <title>External Tools Plugin</title> + </info> + <para>The <application>External Tools</application> plugin allows you to execute external commands from <application>pluma</application>. You can pipe some content into a command and exploit its output (for example, <application>sed</application>), or launch a predefined command (for example, <application>make</application>).</para> + <para>Use the <guilabel>External Tools Manager</guilabel> to create and edit commands. To run an external command, choose it from the <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> menu.</para> + + <section xml:id="pluma-external-tools-plugin-builtin"> + <info> + <title>Built-in Commands</title> + </info> + <para>The following commands are provided with the <application>External Tools</application> plugin:</para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term>Build</term> + <listitem> + <para>Runs <application>make</application> in the current document's directory.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Directory Listing</term> + <listitem> + <para>Lists the contents of the current document's directory in a new document.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Environment Variables</term> + <listitem> + <para>Displays the environment variables list in the bottom pane.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Grep</term> + <listitem> + <para>Searches for a term in all files in the current document directory, using pattern matching. Results are shown in the bottom pane.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Remove Trailing Spaces</term> + <listitem> + <para>Removes all spaces from the end of lines in the document.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </section> + + <section xml:id="pluma-external-tools-plugin-define"> + <info> + <title>Defining a Command</title> + </info> + <para>To add an external command, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>External Tools</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.</para> + <para>In the <guilabel>External Tools Manager</guilabel> window, click <guibutton>New</guibutton>. You can specify the following details for the new command:</para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term>Description</term> + <listitem> + <para>This description is shown in the statusbar when the menu command is chosen.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Accelerator</term> + <listitem> + <para>Enter a keyboard shortcut for the command.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Commands</term> + <listitem> + <para>The actual commands to be run. Several <application>pluma</application> environment variables can be used to pass content to these commands: see <xref linkend="pluma-external-tools-plugin-variables"/>.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Input</term> + <listitem> + <para>The content to give to the commands (as <systemitem>stdin</systemitem>): the entire text of the current document, the current selection, line, or word.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Output</term> + <listitem> + <para>What to do with the output of the commands: display in the bottom pane, put in a new document, or place in the current document, at the end, at the cursor position, or replacing the selection or the entire document.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Applicability</term> + <listitem> + <para>Determines which sort of documents can be affected by the command, for example whether saved or not, and local or remote.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </section> + + <section xml:id="pluma-external-tools-plugin-edit"> + <info> + <title>Editing and Removing Tools</title> + </info> + <para>To edit a tool, select it in the list and make changes to its properties.</para> + <para>To rename a tool, click it again in the list.</para> + <para>To restore a built-in tool that you have changed, press <guilabel>Revert</guilabel>.</para> + <para>To remove a tool, select it in the list and press <guibutton>Remove</guibutton>. You can not remove built-in tools, only those you have created yourself.</para> + </section> + + <section xml:id="pluma-external-tools-plugin-variables"> + <info> + <title>Variables</title> + </info> + <para>You can use the following variables in the <guilabel>Commands</guilabel> field of the command definition:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>PLUMA_CURRENT_DOCUMENT_URI</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>PLUMA_CURRENT_DOCUMENT_NAME</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>PLUMA_CURRENT_DOCUMENT_SCHEME</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>PLUMA_CURRENT_DOCUMENT_PATH</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>PLUMA_CURRENT_DOCUMENT_DIR</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>PLUMA_DOCUMENTS_URI</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>PLUMA_DOCUMENTS_PATH</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + + <section xml:id="pluma-file-browser-plugin"> + <info> + <title>File Browser Plugin</title> + </info> + <para>The <application>File Browser</application> Plugin shows your files and folders in the side pane, allowing you to quickly open files.</para> + <para>To view the File Browser, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Side Pane</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> and then click on the tab showing the File Browser icon at the bottom of the side pane.</para> + + <section xml:id="pluma-file-browser-plugin-browsing"> + <info> + <title>Browsing your Files</title> + </info> + <para>The File Browser tab initially shows your file manager bookmarks. To browse the contents of any item, double-click it.</para> + <para>To show a parent folder, choose from the drop-down list, or press the up arrow on the File Browser's toolbar.</para> + <para>To show the folder that contains the document you are currently working on, right-click in the file list and choose <guimenuitem>Set root to active document</guimenuitem>.</para> + </section> + + <section xml:id="pluma-file-browser-plugin-open"> + <info> + <title>Opening a File</title> + </info> + <para>To open a file in <application>pluma</application>, double-click it in the file list.</para> + </section> + + <section xml:id="pluma-file-browser-plugin-create"> + <info> + <title>Creating Files and Folders</title> + </info> + <para>To create a new, empty text file in the current folder shown in the browser, right-click in the file list and choose <guimenuitem>New File</guimenuitem>.</para> + <para>To create a new folder in the current folder shown in the browser, right-click in the file list and choose <guimenuitem>New Folder</guimenuitem>.</para> + </section> + </section> + + <section xml:id="pluma-indent-lines-plugin"> + <info> + <title>Indent Lines Plugin</title> + </info> + <para>The <application>Indent Lines</application> plugin adds or removes space from the beginning of lines of text.</para> + <para>To indent or unindent text, perform the following steps:</para> + <orderedlist inheritnum="ignore" continuation="restarts"> <listitem> - <para>Color scheme used in the Kate text editor.</para> + <para>Select the lines that you want to indent. To indent or unindent a single line, place the cursor anywhere on that line.</para> </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Oblivion</guilabel></term> <listitem> - <para>Dark color scheme using the Tango color palette.</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>To indent the text, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Indent</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>To remove the indentation, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Unindent</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Tango</guilabel></term> + </orderedlist> + <para>The amount of space used, and whether tab character or space characters are used, depends on the <guilabel>Tab Stops</guilabel> settings in the Editor Preferences: see <xref linkend="pluma-prefs-editor"/>.</para> + </section> + + <section xml:id="pluma-insert-date-time-plugin"> + <info> + <title>Insert Date/Time Plugin</title> + </info> + <para>The <application>Insert Date/Time</application> plugin inserts the current date and time into a document. To use the Insert Date/Time plugin, perform the following steps:</para> + <orderedlist inheritnum="ignore" continuation="restarts"> <listitem> - <para>Color scheme using the Tango color scheme.</para> + <para>Choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Insert Date and Time</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. </para> + <para>If you have not configured the Insert Date/Time plugin to automatically insert the date/time without prompting you for the format, <application>pluma</application> displays the <guilabel>Insert Date and Time</guilabel> dialog. Select the appropriate date/time format from the list. Click <guibutton>Insert</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Insert Date and Time</guilabel> dialog. <application>pluma</application> inserts the date/time at the cursor position in the current file. </para> + <para>If you have configured <application>pluma</application> to use one particular date/time format, the <guilabel>Insert Date and Time</guilabel> dialog is not displayed. The date/time is automatically entered at the cursor position in the current file. </para> </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - <para>You can add a new color scheme by clicking on <guilabel>Add...</guilabel>, and selecting a color scheme file</para> - <para>You can remove the selected color scheme by clicking on <guilabel>Remove</guilabel></para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="pluma-prefs-plugins"> - <title>Plugins Preferences</title> - <para>Plugins add extra features to <application>&app;</application>. For more information on plugins and how to use the built-in plugins, see <xref linkend="pluma-plugins-overview"/>.</para> - -<!-- ============= To Load pluma Plugins ========================= --> - <sect3 id="pluma-install-plugins"> - <title>Enabling a Plugin</title> - <para>To enable a <application>&app;</application> plugin, perform the following steps:</para> - <orderedlist> - <listitem> - <para>Choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>Select the <guilabel>Plugins</guilabel> tab. </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>Select the check box next to the name of the plugin that you want to enable.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialog. </para> - </listitem> + </orderedlist> + + <section xml:id="pluma-date-time-configure"> + <info> + <title>Configuring the Insert Date/Time Plugin</title> + </info> + <para>To configure the Insert Date/Time plugin, perform the following steps:</para> + <orderedlist inheritnum="ignore" continuation="restarts"> + <listitem> + <para>Choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Select the <guilabel>Plugins</guilabel> tab.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Select the <guilabel>Insert Date/Time</guilabel> plugin.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Click <guibutton>Configure Plugin</guibutton> to display the <guilabel>Configure insert date/time plugin</guilabel> dialog.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Select one of the options, as follows: </para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>To specify the date/time format each time you insert the date/time, select the <guilabel>Prompt for a format</guilabel> option.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>To use the same <application>pluma</application>-provided date/time format each time you insert the date/time, select the <guilabel>Use the selected format</guilabel> option, then select the appropriate format from the list. When you select this option, <application>pluma</application> does not prompt you for the date/time format when you choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Insert Date and Time</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>To use the same customized date/time format each time you insert the date/time, select the <guilabel>Use custom format</guilabel> option, then enter the appropriate format in the text box. Refer to the <link xlink:href="man:strftime"> + <citerefentry> + <refentrytitle>strftime</refentrytitle> + <manvolnum>3</manvolnum> + </citerefentry> + </link> for more information on how to specify a custom format. When you select this option, <application>pluma</application> does not prompt you for the date/time format when you choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Insert Date and Time</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Configure insert date/time plugin</guilabel> dialog. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>To close the <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialog, click <guibutton>Close</guibutton>.</para> + </listitem> </orderedlist> - </sect3> - -<!-- ============= To Remove pluma Plugins ========================= --> - <sect3 id="pluma-remove-plugins"> - <title>Disabling a Plugin</title> - <para>A plugin remains enabled when you quit <application>&app;</application>. </para> - <para>To disable a <application>&app;</application> plugin, perform the following steps:</para> - <orderedlist> + </section> + </section> + + <section xml:id="pluma-modelines-plugin"> + <info> + <title>Modelines Plugin</title> + </info> + <para>The <application>Modelines</application> plugin allows you to set preferences for individual documents. A <firstterm>modeline</firstterm> is a line of text at the start or end of the document with settings that <application>pluma</application> recognizes.</para> + <para>Preferences set using modelines take precedence over the ones specified in the preference dialog.</para> + <para>You can set the following preferences with modelines:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Tab width</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Indent width</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Insert spaces instead of tabs</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Text Wrapping</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Right margin width</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <para>The <application>Modelines</application> plugin supports a subset of the options used by other text editors <application>Emacs</application>, <application>Kate</application> and <application>Vim</application>.</para> + + <section xml:id="pluma-modelines-plugin-emacs"> + <info> + <title>Emacs Modelines</title> + </info> + <para>The first two lines of a document are scanned for <application>Emacs</application> modelines.</para> + <para>The <application>Emacs</application> options for tab-width, indent-offset, indent-tabs-mode and autowrap are supported. For more information, see the <link xlink:href="http://www.delorie.com/gnu/docs/emacs/emacs_486.html">GNU Emacs Manual</link>.</para> + </section> + + <section xml:id="pluma-modelines-plugin-kate"> + <info> + <title>Kate Modelines</title> + </info> + <para>The first and last ten lines a document are scanned for <application>Kate</application> modelines.</para> + <para>The <application>Kate</application> options for tab-width, indent-width, space-indent, word-wrap and word-wrap-column are supported. For more information, see the <link xlink:href="http://www.kate-editor.org/article/katepart_modelines">Kate website</link>.</para> + </section> + + <section xml:id="pluma-modelines-plugin-vim"> + <info> + <title>Vim Modelines</title> + </info> + <para>The first and last three lines a document are scanned for <application>Vim</application> modelines.</para> + <para>The <application>Vim</application> options for et, expandtab, ts, tabstop, sw, shiftwidth, wrap, and textwidth are supported. For more information, see the <link xlink:href="http://vimdoc.sourceforge.net/htmldoc/options.html#modeline">Vim website</link>.</para> + </section> + </section> + + <section xml:id="pluma-python-console-plugin"> + <info> + <title>Python Console Plugin</title> + </info> + <para>The <application>Python Console</application> Plugin allows you to run commands in the python programming language from <application>pluma</application>. Enabling the plugin adds a tab to the bottom pane. This shows recent output and a command prompt field.</para> + <caution> + <para>Commands entered into the python console are not checked before they are run. It is therefore possible to hang <application>pluma</application>, for example by entering an infinite loop.</para> + </caution> + </section> + + <section xml:id="pluma-snippets-plugin"> + <info> + <title>Snippets Plugin</title> + </info> + <para>The <application>Snippets</application> plugin allows you to store frequently-used pieces of text, called <firstterm>snippets</firstterm>, and insert them quickly into a document.</para> + <para>Snippets are specific to the language syntax of the current document. For example, when you are working with an HTML document, you can choose from a list of snippets that are useful for HTML. In addition, some snippets are global, and are available in all documents.</para> + <para>A number of built-in snippets are installed with <application>pluma</application>, which can be modified.</para> + + <section xml:id="pluma-snippets-plugin-insert"> + <info> + <title>Inserting Snippets</title> + </info> + <para>To insert a snippet into a document, type its <firstterm>tab trigger</firstterm> and press <keycap>Tab</keycap>. A snippet's tab trigger is usually the first few letters of the snippet, or something else that is short and easy to remember.</para> + <para>Alternatively, press <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>Space</keycap> </keycombo> to see a list of snippets you can insert.</para> + </section> + + <section xml:id="pluma-snippets-plugin-add"> + <info> + <title>Adding Snippets</title> + </info> + <para>To create a new snippet, do the following:</para> + <orderedlist inheritnum="ignore" continuation="restarts"> <listitem> - <para>Choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. </para> + <para>Choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Manage Snippets</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. The <guilabel>Snippets Manager</guilabel> window opens.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Select the <guilabel>Plugins</guilabel> tab. </para> + <para>The list of snippets is grouped by language. Select the language you want to add a snippet to, or a snippet in that language group. To add a snippet for all languages, choose Global at the top of the list. The syntax of the document you are currently working with is shown by default.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Deselect the check box next to the name of the plugin that you want to disable.</para> + <para>Click <guibutton>New</guibutton>. A new snippet appears in the list.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialog. </para> + <para>Enter the following information for the new snippet:</para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term>Name</term> + <listitem> + <para>Enter a name for the snippet in the text field within the snippet list. The name of a snippet serves only as a reminder of its purpose. You can change name of a snippet you create by clicking on it in the list.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Snippet text</term> + <listitem> + <para>Enter the text of the snippet in the <guilabel>Edit snippet</guilabel> text box. For special codes you can use, see <xref linkend="pluma-snippets-plugin-syntax"/>.</para> + <tip> + <para>You can switch back to the document window to copy text without closing the <guilabel>Snippets Manager</guilabel> window.</para> + </tip> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Tab Trigger</term> + <listitem> + <para>Enter the tab trigger for the snippet. This is the text that you type before pressing <keycap>Tab</keycap> to insert the snippet.</para> + <para>The tag must be either a single word comprising only letters, or any single character. The <guilabel>Tab trigger</guilabel> will highlight in red if an invalid tab trigger is entered.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Shortcut key</term> + <listitem> + <para>Type a shortcut key to use for inserting the snippet.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </sect3> - </sect2> - - </sect1> -<!-- ============= To Use the pluma Plugins ========================= --> - <sect1 id="pluma-plugins"> - <title>Plugins</title> - <sect2 id="pluma-plugins-overview"> - <title>Working with Plugins</title> - <para>You can add extra features to <application>&app;</application> by enabling <firstterm>plugins</firstterm>. A plugin is a supplementary program that enhances the functionality of an application. Plugins add new items to the <application>&app;</application> menus for the new features they provide. - </para> - <para>Several plugins come built-in with <application>&app;</application>, and you can install more. The <ulink type="http" url="http://live.gnome.org/Pluma/Plugins">pluma website</ulink> lists third-party plugins.</para> - <para>To enable and disable plugins, or see which plugins are currently enabled, use the <link linkend="pluma-prefs-plugins">Plugins Preferences</link>.</para> - <para>The following plugins come built-in with <application>&app;</application>:</para> - <!-- Not yet documented: - File browser - --> - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para><link linkend="pluma-change-case-plugin"><application>Change Case</application></link> allows you to change the case of the selected text.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para><application><link linkend="pluma-document-statistics-plugin">Document Statistics</link></application> shows the number of lines, words, and characters in the document. </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para><application><link linkend="pluma-external-tools-plugin">External Tools</link></application> allows you to execute external commands from <application>&app;</application>.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para><application><!-- <link linkend="pluma-file-browser-plugin">File Browser</link>-->File Browser</application> allows you to browse your files and folders in the side pane.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para><application><link linkend="pluma-indent-lines-plugin">Indent Lines</link></application> adds or removes indentation from the selected lines.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para><application><link linkend="pluma-insert-date-time-plugin">Insert Date/Time</link></application> adds the current date and time into a document.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para><application><link linkend="pluma-modelines-plugin">Modelines</link></application> allows you to set editing preferences for individual documents, and supports <application>Emacs</application>, <application>Kate</application> and <application>Vim</application>-style modelines.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para><application><link linkend="pluma-python-console-plugin">Python Console</link></application> allows you to run commands in the python programming language.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para><application><link linkend="pluma-snippets-plugin">Snippets</link></application> allows you to store frequently-used pieces of text and insert them quickly into a document.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para><application><link linkend="pluma-sort-plugin">Sort</link></application> arranges selected lines of text into alphabetical order.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para><application><link linkend="pluma-spell-checker-plugin">Spell Checker</link></application> corrects the spelling in the selected text, or marks errors automatically in the document.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para><application><link linkend="pluma-tag-list-plugin">Tag List</link></application> lets you insert commonly-used tags for HTML and other languages from a list in the side pane.</para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - - <note><para>For more information on creating plugins, see the <ulink type="http" url="http://live.gnome.org/Pluma/Plugins"><application>&app;</application> website</ulink>.</para></note> - </sect2> - -<sect2 id="pluma-change-case-plugin"> -<title>Change Case Plugin</title> - <para>The <application>Change Case</application> plugin changes the case of the selected text.</para> - <para>The following items are added to the <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> menu when the <application>Change Case</application> plugin is enabled:</para> - - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="3" colsep="1" rowsep="1"> - <colspec colname="COLSPEC0" colwidth="33*"/> - <colspec colname="COLSPEC1" colwidth="33*"/> - <colspec colname="COLSPEC2" colwidth="33*"/> - <thead> - <row valign="top"> - <entry colname="COLSPEC0"> - <para>Menu Item</para></entry> - <entry colname="COLSPEC1"> - <para>Action</para></entry> - <entry colname="COLSPEC2"> - <para>Example</para></entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row valign="top"> - <entry><para><menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu> -<guisubmenu>Change Case</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>All Upper Case</guimenuitem></menuchoice></para></entry> - <entry><para>Change each character to uppercase. </para></entry> - <entry><para><literal>This text</literal> becomes <literal>THIS TEXT</literal> </para></entry> - </row> - <row valign="top"> - <entry><para><menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu> -<guisubmenu>Change Case</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>All Lower Case</guimenuitem></menuchoice></para></entry> - <entry><para>Change each character to lowercase. </para></entry> - <entry><para><literal>This Text</literal> becomes <literal>this text</literal> </para></entry> - </row> - <row valign="top"> - <entry><para><menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu> -<guisubmenu>Change Case</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Invert Case</guimenuitem></menuchoice></para></entry> - <entry><para>Change each lowercase character to uppercase, and change each uppercase character to lowercase. </para></entry> - <entry><para><literal>This Text</literal> becomes <literal>tHIS tEXT</literal> </para></entry> - </row> - <row valign="top"> - <entry><para><menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu> -<guisubmenu>Change Case</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Title Case</guimenuitem></menuchoice></para></entry> - <entry><para>Change the first character of each word to uppercase. </para></entry> - <entry><para><literal>this text</literal> becomes <literal>This Text</literal> </para></entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="pluma-document-statistics-plugin"> -<title>Document Statistics Plugin</title> - <para>The <application>Document Statistics</application> plugin counts the number of lines, words, characters with spaces, characters without spaces, and bytes in the current file. The plugin displays the results in a <guilabel>Document Statistics</guilabel> dialog. To use the Document Statistics plugin, perform the following steps:</para> - <orderedlist> - <listitem><para>Choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Document Statistics</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> to display the <guilabel>Document Statistics</guilabel> dialog. The <guilabel>Document Statistics</guilabel> dialog displays the following information about the file: - </para> - <itemizedlist> - <listitem><para>Number of lines in the current document. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem><para>Number of words in the current document. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem><para>Number of characters, including spaces, in the current document. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem><para>Number of characters, not including spaces, in the current document. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem><para>Number of bytes in the current document. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </listitem> - <listitem><para>You can continue to update the <application>&app;</application> file while the <guilabel>Document Statistics</guilabel> dialog is open. To refresh the contents of the <guilabel>Document Statistics</guilabel> dialog, click <guibutton>Update</guibutton>. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="pluma-external-tools-plugin"> - <title>External Tools Plugin</title> - <para>The <application>External Tools</application> plugin allows you to execute external commands from <application>&app;</application>. You can pipe some content into a command and exploit its output (for example, <application>sed</application>), or launch a predefined command (for example, <application>make</application>).</para> - <para>Use the <guilabel>External Tools Manager</guilabel> to create and edit commands. To run an external command, choose it from the <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> menu.</para> - - <sect3 id="pluma-external-tools-plugin-builtin"> - <title>Built-in Commands</title> - <para>The following commands are provided with the <application>External Tools</application> plugin:</para> - <variablelist> - <varlistentry><term>Build</term> - <listitem> - <para>Runs <application>make</application> in the current document's directory.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry><term>Directory Listing</term> - <listitem> - <para>Lists the contents of the current document's directory in a new document.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry><term>Environment Variables</term> - <listitem> - <para>Displays the environment variables list in the bottom pane.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry><term>Grep</term> - <listitem> - <para>Searches for a term in all files in the current document directory, using pattern matching. Results are shown in the bottom pane.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry><term>Remove Trailing Spaces</term> - <listitem> - <para>Removes all spaces from the end of lines in the document.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </sect3> - - <sect3 id="pluma-external-tools-plugin-define"> - <title>Defining a Command</title> - <para>To add an external command, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu><guimenuitem>External Tools</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para> - <para>In the <guilabel>External Tools Manager</guilabel> window, click <guibutton>New</guibutton>. You can specify the following details for the new command:</para> - <variablelist> - <varlistentry><term>Description</term> - <listitem> - <para>This description is shown in the statusbar when the menu command is chosen.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry><term>Accelerator</term> - <listitem> - <para>Enter a keyboard shortcut for the command.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry><term>Commands</term> - <listitem> - <para>The actual commands to be run. Several <application>&app;</application> environment variables can be used to pass content to these commands: see <xref linkend="pluma-external-tools-plugin-variables"/>.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry><term>Input</term> - <listitem> - <para>The content to give to the commands (as <systemitem>stdin</systemitem>): the entire text of the current document, the current selection, line, or word.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry><term>Output</term> - <listitem> - <para>What to do with the output of the commands: display in the bottom pane, put in a new document, or place in the current document, at the end, at the cursor position, or replacing the selection or the entire document.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry><term>Applicability</term> - <listitem> - <para>Determines which sort of documents can be affected by the command, for example whether saved or not, and local or remote.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - - </sect3> - - <sect3 id="pluma-external-tools-plugin-edit"> - <title>Editing and Removing Tools</title> - <para>To edit a tool, select it in the list and make changes to its properties.</para> - <para>To rename a tool, click it again in the list.</para> - <para>To restore a built-in tool that you have changed, press <guilabel>Revert</guilabel>.</para> - <para>To remove a tool, select it in the list and press <guibutton>Remove</guibutton>. You can not remove built-in tools, only those you have created yourself.</para> - </sect3> - - <sect3 id="pluma-external-tools-plugin-variables"> - <title>Variables</title> - <para>You can use the following variables in the <guilabel>Commands</guilabel> field of the command definition:</para> - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para>PLUMA_CURRENT_DOCUMENT_URI</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>PLUMA_CURRENT_DOCUMENT_NAME</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>PLUMA_CURRENT_DOCUMENT_SCHEME</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>PLUMA_CURRENT_DOCUMENT_PATH</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>PLUMA_CURRENT_DOCUMENT_DIR</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>PLUMA_DOCUMENTS_URI</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>PLUMA_DOCUMENTS_PATH</para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </sect3> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="pluma-file-browser-plugin"> - <title>File Browser Plugin</title> - <para>The <application>File Browser</application> Plugin shows your files and folders in the side pane, allowing you to quickly open files.</para> - <para>To view the File Browser, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Side Pane</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> and then click on the tab showing the File Browser icon at the bottom of the side pane.</para> - <sect3 id="pluma-file-browser-plugin-browsing"> - <title>Browsing your Files</title> - <para>The File Browser tab initially shows your file manager bookmarks. To browse the contents of any item, double-click it.</para> - <para>To show a parent folder, choose from the drop-down list, or press the up arrow on the File Browser's toolbar.</para> - <para>To show the folder that contains the document you are currently working on, right-click in the file list and choose <guimenuitem>Set root to active document</guimenuitem>.</para> - </sect3> - <sect3 id="pluma-file-browser-plugin-open"> - <title>Opening a File</title> - <para>To open a file in <application>&app;</application>, double-click it in the file list.</para> - </sect3> - <sect3 id="pluma-file-browser-plugin-create"> - <title>Creating Files and Folders</title> - <para>To create a new, empty text file in the current folder shown in the browser, right-click in the file list and choose <guimenuitem>New File</guimenuitem>.</para> - <para>To create a new folder in the current folder shown in the browser, right-click in the file list and choose <guimenuitem>New Folder</guimenuitem>.</para> - </sect3> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="pluma-indent-lines-plugin"> -<title>Indent Lines Plugin</title> - <para>The <application>Indent Lines</application> plugin adds or removes space from the beginning of lines of text.</para> - <para>To indent or unindent text, perform the following steps:</para> - <orderedlist> - <listitem><para>Select the lines that you want to indent. To indent or unindent a single line, place the cursor anywhere on that line.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para>To indent the text, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Indent</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>To remove the indentation, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Unindent</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.</para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - <para>The amount of space used, and whether tab character or space characters are used, depends on the <guilabel>Tab Stops</guilabel> settings in the Editor Preferences: see <xref linkend="pluma-prefs-editor"/>.</para> - -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="pluma-insert-date-time-plugin"> -<title>Insert Date/Time Plugin</title> - <para>The <application>Insert Date/Time</application> plugin inserts the current date and time into a document. To use the Insert Date/Time plugin, perform the following steps:</para> - <orderedlist> - <listitem><para>Choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Insert Date and Time</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. </para> - <para>If you have not configured the Insert Date/Time plugin to automatically insert the date/time without prompting you for the format, <application>&app;</application> displays the <guilabel>Insert Date and Time</guilabel> dialog. Select the appropriate date/time format from the list. Click <guibutton>Insert</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Insert Date and Time</guilabel> dialog. <application>&app;</application> inserts the date/time at the cursor position in the current file. </para> - <para>If you have configured <application>&app;</application> to use one particular date/time format, the <guilabel>Insert Date and Time</guilabel> dialog is not displayed. The date/time is automatically entered at the cursor position in the current file. </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - -<sect3 id="pluma-date-time-configure"> -<title>Configuring the Insert Date/Time Plugin</title> -<para>To configure the Insert Date/Time plugin, perform the following steps:</para> - <orderedlist> - <listitem> <para>Choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> <para>Select the <guilabel>Plugins</guilabel> tab. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> <para>Select the <guilabel>Insert Date/Time</guilabel> plugin. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> <para>Click <guibutton>Configure Plugin</guibutton> to display the <guilabel>Configure insert date/time plugin</guilabel> dialog. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> <para>Select one of the options, as follows: </para> - <itemizedlist> - <listitem><para>To specify the date/time format each time you insert the date/time, select the <guilabel>Prompt for a format</guilabel> option. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem><para>To use the same <application>&app;</application>-provided date/time format each time you insert the date/time, select the <guilabel>Use the selected format</guilabel> option, then select the appropriate format from the list. When you select this option, <application>&app;</application> does not prompt you for the date/time format when you choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Insert Date and Time</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem><para>To use the same customized date/time format each time you insert the date/time, select the <guilabel>Use custom format</guilabel> option, then enter the appropriate format in the text box. Refer to the <ulink url="man:strftime" type="man"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>strftime</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> for more information on how to specify a custom format. When you select this option, <application>&app;</application> does not prompt you for the date/time format when you choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Insert Date and Time</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </listitem> - <listitem> <para>Click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Configure insert date/time plugin</guilabel> dialog. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> <para>To close the <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialog, click <guibutton>Close</guibutton>.</para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> -</sect3> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="pluma-modelines-plugin"> - <title>Modelines Plugin</title> - <para>The <application>Modelines</application> plugin allows you to set preferences for individual documents. A <firstterm>modeline</firstterm> is a line of text at the start or end of the document with settings that <application>&app;</application> recognizes.</para> - <para>Preferences set using modelines take precedence over the ones specified in the preference dialog.</para> - <para>You can set the following preferences with modelines:</para> - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para>Tab width</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>Indent width</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>Insert spaces instead of tabs</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>Text Wrapping</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>Right margin width</para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - - <para>The <application>Modelines</application> plugin supports a subset of the options used by other text editors <application>Emacs</application>, <application>Kate</application> and <application>Vim</application>.</para> - - <sect3 id="pluma-modelines-plugin-emacs"> - <title>Emacs Modelines</title> - <para>The first two lines of a document are scanned for <application>Emacs</application> modelines.</para> - <para>The <application>Emacs</application> options for tab-width, indent-offset, indent-tabs-mode and autowrap are supported. For more information, see the <ulink type="http" url="http://www.delorie.com/gnu/docs/emacs/emacs_486.html">GNU Emacs Manual</ulink>.</para> - </sect3> - <sect3 id="pluma-modelines-plugin-kate"> - <title>Kate Modelines</title> - <para>The first and last ten lines a document are scanned for <application>Kate</application> modelines.</para> - <para>The <application>Kate</application> options for tab-width, indent-width, space-indent, word-wrap and word-wrap-column are supported. For more information, see the <ulink type="http" url="http://www.kate-editor.org/article/katepart_modelines">Kate website</ulink>.</para> - </sect3> - <sect3 id="pluma-modelines-plugin-vim"> - <title>Vim Modelines</title> - <para>The first and last three lines a document are scanned for <application>Vim</application> modelines.</para> - <para>The <application>Vim</application> options for et, expandtab, ts, tabstop, sw, shiftwidth, wrap, and textwidth are supported. For more information, see the <ulink type="http" url="http://vimdoc.sourceforge.net/htmldoc/options.html#modeline">Vim website</ulink>.</para> - </sect3> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="pluma-python-console-plugin"> - <title>Python Console Plugin</title> - <para>The <application>Python Console</application> Plugin allows you to run commands in the python programming language from <application>&app;</application>. Enabling the plugin adds a tab to the bottom pane. This shows recent output and a command prompt field.</para> - <caution><para>Commands entered into the python console are not checked before they are run. It is therefore possible to hang <application>&app;</application>, for example by entering an infinite loop.</para></caution> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="pluma-snippets-plugin"> -<title>Snippets Plugin</title> - <para>The <application>Snippets</application> plugin allows you to store frequently-used pieces of text, called <firstterm>snippets</firstterm>, and insert them quickly into a document.</para> - <para>Snippets are specific to the language syntax of the current document. For example, when you are working with an HTML document, you can choose from a list of snippets that are useful for HTML. In addition, some snippets are global, and are available in all documents.</para> - <para>A number of built-in snippets are installed with <application>&app;</application>, which can be modified.</para> - - <sect3 id="pluma-snippets-plugin-insert"> - <title>Inserting Snippets</title> - <para>To insert a snippet into a document, type its <firstterm>tab trigger</firstterm> and press <keycap>Tab</keycap>. A snippet's tab trigger is usually the first few letters of the snippet, or something else that is short and easy to remember.</para> - <para>Alternatively, press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Space</keycap></keycombo> to see a list of snippets you can insert.</para> - </sect3> - - <sect3 id="pluma-snippets-plugin-add"> - <title>Adding Snippets</title> - <para>To create a new snippet, do the following:</para> - <orderedlist> - <listitem> - <para>Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu><guimenuitem>Manage Snippets</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <guilabel>Snippets Manager</guilabel> window opens.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>The list of snippets is grouped by language. Select the language you want to add a snippet to, or a snippet in that language group. To add a snippet for all languages, choose Global at the top of the list. The syntax of the document you are currently working with is shown by default.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>Click <guibutton>New</guibutton>. A new snippet appears in the list.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>Enter the following information for the new snippet:</para> - <variablelist> - <varlistentry><term>Name</term> - <listitem> - <para>Enter a name for the snippet in the text field within the snippet list. The name of a snippet serves only as a reminder of its purpose. You can change name of a snippet you create by clicking on it in the list.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry><term>Snippet text</term> - <listitem> - <para>Enter the text of the snippet in the <guilabel>Edit snippet</guilabel> text box. For special codes you can use, see <xref linkend="pluma-snippets-plugin-syntax"/>.</para> - <tip><para>You can switch back to the document window to copy text without closing the <guilabel>Snippets Manager</guilabel> window.</para></tip> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry><term>Tab Trigger</term> - <listitem> - <para>Enter the tab trigger for the snippet. This is the text that you type before pressing <keycap>Tab</keycap> to insert the snippet.</para> - <para>The tag must be either a single word comprising only letters, or any single character. The <guilabel>Tab trigger</guilabel> will highlight in red if an invalid tab trigger is entered.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry><term>Shortcut key</term> - <listitem> - <para>Type a shortcut key to use for inserting the snippet.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </sect3> - <sect3 id="pluma-snippets-plugin-edit"> - <title>Editing and Removing Snippets</title> - <para>To edit a snippet, select it in the list and make changes to its text and activation properties.</para> - <para>To rename a snippet, click it again in the list.</para> - <para>To restore a built-in snippet that you have changed, press <guilabel>Revert</guilabel>.</para> - <para>To remove a snippet, select it in the list and press <guibutton>Remove</guibutton>. You can not remove built-in snippets, only those you have created yourself.</para> - </sect3> - - <sect3 id="pluma-snippets-plugin-syntax"> - <title>Snippet Substitutions</title> - <para>In addition to inserting stored text, a snippet can include customizable text, or mark spaces where you can add text once the snippet is inserted in your document.</para> - - <para></para> - - <para>You can use the following placeholder codes in snippet text:</para> - <variablelist> - <varlistentry><term>Tab placeholders</term> - <listitem> - <para><literal>$<replaceable>n</replaceable></literal> defines a tab placeholder, where <literal>n</literal> is any number from 1 upwards. </para> - <para><literal>${<replaceable>n</replaceable>:<replaceable>default</replaceable>}</literal> defines a tab placeholder with a default value.</para> - <para>A tab placeholder marks a place in the snippet text where you can add extra text after the snippet is inserted.</para> - <para>To use tab placeholders, insert the snippet as normal. The cursor is placed at the first tab placeholder. Type text, and press <keycap>Tab</keycap> to advance to the next tab placeholder. The number in the placeholder code defines the order in which tab advances to each place in the text.</para> - <para>Press <keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Tab</keycap></keycombo> to return to the previous tab placeholder. Pressing <keycap>Tab</keycap> when there are no more tab placeholders moves the cursor to the end of the snippet text, or to the end placeholder if it exists.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry><term>Mirror placeholders</term> - <listitem> - <para>A repeated tab placeholder will mirror the placeholder already defined. This allows you to type in text only once that you want to appear several times in the snippet.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry><term>End placeholder</term> - <listitem> - <para><literal>$0</literal> defines the end placeholder. This allows you to finish working with the snippet with the cursor at a point other than the end of the snippet text.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry><term>Environmental variables</term> - <listitem> - <para>Environmental variable such as <literal>$PATH</literal> and <literal>$HOME</literal> are substituted in snippet text. The following variables specific to <application>&app;</application> can also be used:</para> - <variablelist> - <varlistentry><term>$PLUMA_SELECTED_TEXT</term> + </orderedlist> + </section> + + <section xml:id="pluma-snippets-plugin-edit"> + <info> + <title>Editing and Removing Snippets</title> + </info> + <para>To edit a snippet, select it in the list and make changes to its text and activation properties.</para> + <para>To rename a snippet, click it again in the list.</para> + <para>To restore a built-in snippet that you have changed, press <guilabel>Revert</guilabel>.</para> + <para>To remove a snippet, select it in the list and press <guibutton>Remove</guibutton>. You can not remove built-in snippets, only those you have created yourself.</para> + </section> + + <section xml:id="pluma-snippets-plugin-syntax"> + <info> + <title>Snippet Substitutions</title> + </info> + <para>In addition to inserting stored text, a snippet can include customizable text, or mark spaces where you can add text once the snippet is inserted in your document.</para> + <para>You can use the following placeholder codes in snippet text:</para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term>Tab placeholders</term> + <listitem> + <para><literal>$<replaceable>n</replaceable></literal> defines a tab placeholder, where <literal>n</literal> is any number from 1 upwards. </para> + <para><literal>${<replaceable>n</replaceable>:<replaceable>default</replaceable>}</literal> defines a tab placeholder with a default value.</para> + <para>A tab placeholder marks a place in the snippet text where you can add extra text after the snippet is inserted.</para> + <para>To use tab placeholders, insert the snippet as normal. The cursor is placed at the first tab placeholder. Type text, and press <keycap>Tab</keycap> to advance to the next tab placeholder. The number in the placeholder code defines the order in which tab advances to each place in the text.</para> + <para>Press <keycombo> <keycap>Shift</keycap> <keycap>Tab</keycap> </keycombo> to return to the previous tab placeholder. Pressing <keycap>Tab</keycap> when there are no more tab placeholders moves the cursor to the end of the snippet text, or to the end placeholder if it exists.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Mirror placeholders</term> + <listitem> + <para>A repeated tab placeholder will mirror the placeholder already defined. This allows you to type in text only once that you want to appear several times in the snippet.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>End placeholder</term> + <listitem> + <para><literal>$0</literal> defines the end placeholder. This allows you to finish working with the snippet with the cursor at a point other than the end of the snippet text.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Environmental variables</term> + <listitem> + <para>Environmental variable such as <literal>$PATH</literal> and <literal>$HOME</literal> are substituted in snippet text. The following variables specific to <application>pluma</application> can also be used:</para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term>$PLUMA_SELECTED_TEXT</term> + <listitem> + <para>The currently selected text.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>$PLUMA_FILENAME</term> + <listitem> + <para>The full filename of the document, or an empty string if the document isn't saved yet.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>$PLUMA_BASENAME</term> + <listitem> + <para>The basename of the filename of the document, or an empty string if the document isn't saved yet.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>$PLUMA_CURRENT_WORD</term> + <listitem> + <para>The word at the cursor's location in the document. When this variable is used, the current word will be replaced by the snippet text.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Shell placeholders</term> + <listitem> + <para><literal>$(<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>)</literal> is replaced by the result of executing <replaceable>cmd</replaceable> in a shell. </para> + <para><literal>$(<replaceable>n</replaceable>:<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>)</literal> allows you to give this placeholder a reference, where <replaceable>n</replaceable> is any number from 1 upwards. Use <literal>$<replaceable>n</replaceable></literal> to use the output from one shell placeholder as input in another.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Python placeholders</term> + <listitem> + <para><literal>$<<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>></literal> is replaced by the result of evaluating <replaceable>cmd</replaceable> in the python interpreter.</para> + <para><literal>$<<replaceable>a</replaceable>:<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>></literal> specifies another python placeholder as a dependency, where <replaceable>a</replaceable> gives its order in the snippet. This allows you to use python functions defined in another snippet. To specify several dependencies, separate the numbers with commas thus: <literal>$<<replaceable>a</replaceable>,<replaceable>b</replaceable>:<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>></literal></para> + <para>To use a variable in all other python snippets, declare it as <literal>global</literal>.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </section> + </section> + + <section xml:id="pluma-sort-plugin"> + <info> + <title>Sort Plugin</title> + </info> + <para>The <application>Sort</application> plugin arranges selected lines of text into alphabetical order.</para> + <caution> + <para>You cannot undo the Sort operation, so you should save the file before performing the sort. To revert to the saved version of the file after the sort operation, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Revert</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.</para> + </caution> + <para>To use the Sort plugin, perform the following steps:</para> + <orderedlist inheritnum="ignore" continuation="restarts"> <listitem> - <para>The currently selected text.</para> + <para>Select the lines of text you want to sort.</para> </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry><term>$PLUMA_FILENAME</term> <listitem> - <para>The full filename of the document, or an empty string if the document isn't saved yet.</para> + <para>Choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Sort</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. The <guilabel>Sort</guilabel> dialog opens.</para> </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry><term>$PLUMA_BASENAME</term> <listitem> - <para>The basename of the filename of the document, or an empty string if the document isn't saved yet.</para> + <para>Choose the options you want for the sort:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>To arrange the text in reverse order, select <guilabel>Reverse order</guilabel>.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>To delete duplicate lines, select <guilabel>Remove duplicates</guilabel>.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>To ignore case sensitivity, select <guilabel>Ignore case</guilabel>.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>To have the sort ignore the characters at the start of the lines, set the first character that should be used for sorting in the <guilabel>Start at column</guilabel> spin box.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry><term>$PLUMA_CURRENT_WORD</term> <listitem> - <para>The word at the cursor's location in the document. When this variable is used, the current word will be replaced by the snippet text.</para> + <para>To perform the sort operation, click <guibutton>Sort</guibutton>.</para> </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - </variablelist> - - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry><term>Shell placeholders</term> - <listitem> - <para><literal>$(<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>)</literal> is replaced by the result of executing <replaceable>cmd</replaceable> in a shell. </para> - <para><literal>$(<replaceable>n</replaceable>:<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>)</literal> allows you to give this placeholder a reference, where <replaceable>n</replaceable> is any number from 1 upwards. Use <literal>$<replaceable>n</replaceable></literal> to use the output from one shell placeholder as input in another.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry><term>Python placeholders</term> - <listitem> - <para><literal>$<<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>></literal> is replaced by the result of evaluating <replaceable>cmd</replaceable> in the python interpreter.</para> - <para><literal>$<<replaceable>a</replaceable>:<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>></literal> specifies another python placeholder as a dependency, where <replaceable>a</replaceable> gives its order in the snippet. This allows you to use python functions defined in another snippet. To specify several dependencies, separate the numbers with commas thus: <literal>$<<replaceable>a</replaceable>,<replaceable>b</replaceable>:<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>></literal></para> - <para>To use a variable in all other python snippets, declare it as <literal>global</literal>.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </sect3> - -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="pluma-sort-plugin"> -<title>Sort Plugin</title> - <para>The <application>Sort</application> plugin arranges selected lines of text into alphabetical order.</para> - <caution><para>You cannot undo the Sort operation, so you should save the file before performing the sort. To revert to the saved version of the file after the sort operation, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Revert</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. - </para> - </caution> - <para>To use the Sort plugin, perform the following steps:</para> - <orderedlist> - <listitem> - <para>Select the lines of text you want to sort.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem><para>Choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Sort</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. The <guilabel>Sort</guilabel> dialog opens. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem><para>Choose the options you want for the sort:</para> - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para>To arrange the text in reverse order, select <guilabel>Reverse order</guilabel>. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem><para>To delete duplicate lines, select <guilabel>Remove duplicates</guilabel>. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem><para>To ignore case sensitivity, select <guilabel>Ignore case</guilabel>. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem><para>To have the sort ignore the characters at the start of the lines, set the first character that should be used for sorting in the <guilabel>Start at column</guilabel> spin box. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </listitem> - <listitem><para>To perform the sort operation, click <guibutton>Sort</guibutton>. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="pluma-spell-checker-plugin"> -<title>Spell Checker Plugin</title> - <para>The <application>Spell Checker</application> plugin checks the spelling in the selected text. You can configure <application>&app;</application> to check the spelling automatically, or you can check the spelling manually, in the specified language. The language setting, and the autocheck spelling properties, apply per document. To use the Spell checker plugin, perform the following steps:</para> - <orderedlist> - <listitem><para>Choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Set Language</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> to display the <guilabel>Set language</guilabel> dialog. Select the appropriate language from the list. Click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Set language</guilabel> dialog. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem><para>To check the spelling automatically, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Autocheck Spelling</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. To unset the automatic spell check, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Autocheck Spelling</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> again. When automatic spell checking is set, an icon is displayed beside the <guimenuitem>Autocheck Spelling</guimenuitem> menu item. Automatic spell checking is unset by default, each time <application>&app;</application> starts.</para> - <para>Unknown spellings are displayed in a different color, and underlined. Right-click on an unknown spelling, then select <guimenu>Spelling Suggestions</guimenu> from the popup menu: - </para> - <itemizedlist> - <listitem><para>To replace the unknown spelling with another spelling in the list, select the replacement spelling from the <guimenu>Spelling Suggestions</guimenu> popup menu. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem><para>To add the unknown spelling to your personal dictionary, select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Spelling Suggestions</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Add</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem><para>To ignore all occurrences of the unknown spelling, so that they are no longer flagged as unknown but are not added to your personal dictionary, select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Spelling Suggestions</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Ignore All</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. The unknown word is ignored in the current <application>&app;</application> session only. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </listitem> - <listitem><para>To check the spelling manually, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Check Spelling</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. - </para> - <para>If there are no spelling errors, an <guilabel>Information</guilabel> dialog displays a message stating that the document does not contain misspelled words. Click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Information</guilabel> dialog. - </para> - <para>If there are spelling errors, the <guilabel>Check Spelling</guilabel> dialog is displayed: - </para> - <itemizedlist> - <listitem><para>The <guilabel>Misspelled word</guilabel> is displayed at the top of the dialog. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem><para>A suggested known spelling is displayed in the <guilabel>Change to</guilabel> text box. You can replace this with another known spelling by selecting a spelling from the <guilabel>Suggestions</guilabel> list, or you can enter text directly into the <guilabel>Change to</guilabel> text box. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem><para>To check the spelling of the text in the <guilabel>Change to</guilabel> text box, click <guibutton>Check Word</guibutton>. If this is a known word, the <guilabel>Suggestions</guilabel> list is replaced with the text <literal>(correct spelling)</literal>. If the word is not known, new entries appear in the <guilabel>Suggestions</guilabel> list. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem><para>To ignore the current occurrence of the unknown word, click <guibutton>Ignore</guibutton>. To ignore all occurrences of the unknown word, click <guibutton>Ignore All</guibutton>. The unknown word is ignored in the current <application>&app;</application> session only. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem><para>To change the current occurrence of the unknown word to the text in the <guilabel>Change to</guilabel> text box, click <guibutton>Change</guibutton>. To change all occurrences of the unknown word to the text in the <guilabel>Change to</guilabel> text box, click <guibutton>Change All</guibutton>. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem><para>To add the unknown word to your personal dictionary, click <guibutton>Add word</guibutton>. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem><para>To close the <guilabel>Check Spelling</guilabel> dialog, click <guibutton>Close</guibutton>. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="pluma-tag-list-plugin"> -<title>Tag List Plugin</title> - <para>The <application>Tag List</application> plugin allows you to insert common tags from a list in the side pane.</para> - <para>To use the Tag List plugin, perform the following steps:</para> - <orderedlist> - <listitem><para>Choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Side Pane</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>By default, the side pane shows a tab containing a list of open documents. Click on the tab showing a + icon at the bottom of the side pane to show the tag list tab.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem><para>Select the appropriate tag category from the drop-down list. For example, <guilabel>HTML - Tags</guilabel>. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem><para>Scroll through the tag list to find the required tag. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem><para>To insert a tag at the cursor position in the current file, double-click on the tag in the tag list. You can also insert a tag as follows:</para> - <itemizedlist> - <listitem><para>To insert a tag in the current file and change the focus from the side pane to the display area, press <keycap>Return</keycap>. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem><para>To insert a tag in the current file and maintain the focus on the <guilabel>Tag list plugin</guilabel> window, press <keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Return</keycap></keycombo>. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> -</sect2> - -</sect1> - -</article> + </orderedlist> + </section> + + <section xml:id="pluma-spell-checker-plugin"> + <info> + <title>Spell Checker Plugin</title> + </info> + <para>The <application>Spell Checker</application> plugin checks the spelling in the selected text. You can configure <application>pluma</application> to check the spelling automatically, or you can check the spelling manually, in the specified language. The language setting, and the autocheck spelling properties, apply per document. To use the Spell checker plugin, perform the following steps:</para> + <orderedlist inheritnum="ignore" continuation="restarts"> + <listitem> + <para>Choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Set Language</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> to display the <guilabel>Set language</guilabel> dialog. Select the appropriate language from the list. Click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Set language</guilabel> dialog.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>To check the spelling automatically, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Autocheck Spelling</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. To unset the automatic spell check, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Autocheck Spelling</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> again. When automatic spell checking is set, an icon is displayed beside the <guimenuitem>Autocheck Spelling</guimenuitem> menu item. Automatic spell checking is unset by default, each time <application>pluma</application> starts.</para> + <para>Unknown spellings are displayed in a different color, and underlined. Right-click on an unknown spelling, then select <guimenu>Spelling Suggestions</guimenu> from the popup menu:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>To replace the unknown spelling with another spelling in the list, select the replacement spelling from the <guimenu>Spelling Suggestions</guimenu> popup menu.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>To add the unknown spelling to your personal dictionary, select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Spelling Suggestions</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Add</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>To ignore all occurrences of the unknown spelling, so that they are no longer flagged as unknown but are not added to your personal dictionary, select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Spelling Suggestions</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Ignore All</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. The unknown word is ignored in the current <application>pluma</application> session only.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>To check the spelling manually, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Check Spelling</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.</para> + <para>If there are no spelling errors, an <guilabel>Information</guilabel> dialog displays a message stating that the document does not contain misspelled words. Click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Information</guilabel> dialog.</para> + <para>If there are spelling errors, the <guilabel>Check Spelling</guilabel> dialog is displayed:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>The <guilabel>Misspelled word</guilabel> is displayed at the top of the dialog.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>A suggested known spelling is displayed in the <guilabel>Change to</guilabel> text box. You can replace this with another known spelling by selecting a spelling from the <guilabel>Suggestions</guilabel> list, or you can enter text directly into the <guilabel>Change to</guilabel> text box.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>To check the spelling of the text in the <guilabel>Change to</guilabel> text box, click <guibutton>Check Word</guibutton>. If this is a known word, the <guilabel>Suggestions</guilabel> list is replaced with the text <literal>(correct spelling)</literal>. If the word is not known, new entries appear in the <guilabel>Suggestions</guilabel> list.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>To ignore the current occurrence of the unknown word, click <guibutton>Ignore</guibutton>. To ignore all occurrences of the unknown word, click <guibutton>Ignore All</guibutton>. The unknown word is ignored in the current <application>pluma</application> session only.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>To change the current occurrence of the unknown word to the text in the <guilabel>Change to</guilabel> text box, click <guibutton>Change</guibutton>. To change all occurrences of the unknown word to the text in the <guilabel>Change to</guilabel> text box, click <guibutton>Change All</guibutton>.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>To add the unknown word to your personal dictionary, click <guibutton>Add word</guibutton>.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>To close the <guilabel>Check Spelling</guilabel> dialog, click <guibutton>Close</guibutton>.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </section> + + <section xml:id="pluma-tag-list-plugin"> + <info> + <title>Tag List Plugin</title> + </info> + <para>The <application>Tag List</application> plugin allows you to insert common tags from a list in the side pane.</para> + <para>To use the Tag List plugin, perform the following steps:</para> + <orderedlist inheritnum="ignore" continuation="restarts"> + <listitem> + <para>Choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Side Pane</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>By default, the side pane shows a tab containing a list of open documents. Click on the tab showing a + icon at the bottom of the side pane to show the tag list tab.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Select the appropriate tag category from the drop-down list. For example, <guilabel>HTML - Tags</guilabel>.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Scroll through the tag list to find the required tag.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>To insert a tag at the cursor position in the current file, double-click on the tag in the tag list. You can also insert a tag as follows:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>To insert a tag in the current file and change the focus from the side pane to the display area, press <keycap>Return</keycap>.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>To insert a tag in the current file and maintain the focus on the <guilabel>Tag list plugin</guilabel> window, press <keycombo> <keycap>Shift</keycap> <keycap>Return</keycap> </keycombo>.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </section> + </section> +</article>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/help/C/legal.xml b/help/C/legal.xml index 9c4e2480..0ac35a9e 100644 --- a/help/C/legal.xml +++ b/help/C/legal.xml @@ -1,12 +1,14 @@ - <legalnotice id="legalnotice"> +<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 --> +<legalnotice xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + version="5.0" xml:id="legalnotice" xml:lang="en"> <para> Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find - a copy of the GFDL at this <ulink type="help" - url="help:fdl">link</ulink> or in the file COPYING-DOCS + a copy of the GFDL at this <link xlink:href="https://www.gnu.org/licenses/fdl-1.1.html">link</link> or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. </para> <para> This manual is part of a collection of MATE manuals @@ -72,5 +74,8 @@ </listitem> </orderedlist> </para> + <formalpara> + <title>Feedback</title> + <para>To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the <application>pluma</application> application or this manual, follow the directions in the <link xlink:href="help:mate-user-guide/feedback">MATE Feedback Page</link>.</para> + </formalpara> </legalnotice> - diff --git a/help/pluma.pot b/help/pluma.pot index e658158f..255c1be3 100644 --- a/help/pluma.pot +++ b/help/pluma.pot @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: MATE Desktop Environment\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-04 20:02+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-07 00:30+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <[email protected]>\n" @@ -14,289 +14,269 @@ msgctxt "_" msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: articleinfo/title -#: C/index.docbook:27 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:19 msgid "Pluma Manual" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: articleinfo/copyright -#: C/index.docbook:28 +#. (itstool) path: info/copyright +#: C/index.docbook:21 msgid "<year>2015</year> <holder>MATE Documentation Project</holder>" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: articleinfo/copyright -#: C/index.docbook:31 +#. (itstool) path: info/copyright +#: C/index.docbook:25 msgid "<year>2007</year> <holder>GNOME Documentation Project</holder>" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: articleinfo/copyright -#: C/index.docbook:34 +#. (itstool) path: info/copyright +#: C/index.docbook:29 msgid "<year>2002</year> <year>2003</year> <year>2004</year> <holder>Sun Microsystems</holder>" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: articleinfo/copyright -#: C/index.docbook:39 +#. (itstool) path: info/copyright +#: C/index.docbook:35 msgid "<year>2000</year> <holder>Eric Baudais</holder>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: publisher/publishername #. (itstool) path: revdescription/para -#: C/index.docbook:52 -#: C/index.docbook:225 +#: C/index.docbook:41 +#: C/index.docbook:206 msgid "MATE Documentation Project" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: publisher/publishername #. (itstool) path: revdescription/para -#: C/index.docbook:55 -#: C/index.docbook:137 -#: C/index.docbook:145 -#: C/index.docbook:153 -#: C/index.docbook:161 -#: C/index.docbook:169 -#: C/index.docbook:177 -#: C/index.docbook:185 -#: C/index.docbook:193 -#: C/index.docbook:201 -#: C/index.docbook:209 -#: C/index.docbook:217 +#: C/index.docbook:44 +#: C/index.docbook:118 +#: C/index.docbook:126 +#: C/index.docbook:134 +#: C/index.docbook:142 +#: C/index.docbook:150 +#: C/index.docbook:158 +#: C/index.docbook:166 +#: C/index.docbook:174 +#: C/index.docbook:182 +#: C/index.docbook:190 +#: C/index.docbook:198 msgid "GNOME Documentation Project" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author -#: C/index.docbook:61 -msgid "<firstname>MATE Documentation Project</firstname> <surname/> <affiliation> <orgname>MATE Desktop</orgname> </affiliation>" +#: C/index.docbook:50 +msgid "<orgname>MATE Documentation Project</orgname> <affiliation> <orgname>MATE Desktop</orgname> </affiliation>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author -#: C/index.docbook:68 -msgid "<firstname>Joachim</firstname> <surname>Noreiko</surname>" +#: C/index.docbook:56 +msgid "<personname> <firstname>Joachim</firstname> <surname>Noreiko</surname> </personname>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author -#: C/index.docbook:72 -msgid "<firstname>GNOME Documentation Project</firstname> <surname/> <affiliation> <orgname>GNOME</orgname> </affiliation>" +#: C/index.docbook:62 +msgid "<orgname>GNOME Documentation Project</orgname> <affiliation> <orgname>GNOME</orgname> </affiliation>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author -#: C/index.docbook:79 -msgid "<firstname>Hal</firstname> <surname>Canary</surname> <contrib>Added the Shortcut Keys Table</contrib>" +#: C/index.docbook:68 +msgid "<personname> <firstname>Hal</firstname> <surname>Canary</surname> </personname> <contrib>Added the Shortcut Keys Table</contrib>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author -#: C/index.docbook:84 -msgid "<firstname>Sun Java Desktop System Documentation Team</firstname> <surname/> <affiliation> <orgname>Sun Microsystems</orgname> <address><email>[email protected]</email></address> </affiliation>" +#: C/index.docbook:75 +msgid "<orgname>Sun Java Desktop System Documentation Team</orgname> <affiliation> <orgname>Sun Microsystems</orgname> </affiliation> <email>[email protected]</email>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author -#: C/index.docbook:92 -msgid "<firstname>Eric</firstname> <surname>Baudais</surname> <affiliation> <orgname>GNOME Documentation Project</orgname> <address> <email>[email protected]</email> </address> </affiliation>" +#: C/index.docbook:82 +msgid "<personname> <firstname>Eric</firstname> <surname>Baudais</surname> </personname> <affiliation> <orgname>GNOME Documentation Project</orgname> </affiliation> <email>[email protected]</email>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/othercredit -#: C/index.docbook:100 -msgid "<firstname>Baris</firstname> <surname>Cicek provided information from earlier revisions of the pluma application.</surname> <contrib>Acknowledgments</contrib>" +#: C/index.docbook:92 +msgid "<personname> <firstname>Baris</firstname> <surname>Cicek</surname> </personname> <contrib>Provided information from earlier revisions of the pluma application.</contrib>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/othercredit -#: C/index.docbook:105 -msgid "<firstname>Ajit</firstname> <surname>George provided information about plugins.</surname> <contrib>Acknowledgments</contrib>" +#: C/index.docbook:99 +msgid "<personname> <firstname>George</firstname> <surname>Ajit</surname> </personname> <contrib>Provided information about plugins.</contrib>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: revdescription/para -#: C/index.docbook:135 +#: C/index.docbook:117 msgid "Eric Baudais <email>[email protected]</email>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:131 -msgid "<revnumber>pluma V1.0</revnumber> <date>2000</date> <_:revdescription-1/>" +#: C/index.docbook:113 +msgid "<revnumber>1.0</revnumber> <date>2000</date> <_:revdescription-1/>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: revdescription/para -#: C/index.docbook:144 -#: C/index.docbook:152 -#: C/index.docbook:160 -#: C/index.docbook:168 -#: C/index.docbook:176 -#: C/index.docbook:184 -#: C/index.docbook:192 -#: C/index.docbook:200 +#: C/index.docbook:125 +#: C/index.docbook:133 +#: C/index.docbook:141 +#: C/index.docbook:149 +#: C/index.docbook:157 +#: C/index.docbook:165 +#: C/index.docbook:173 +#: C/index.docbook:181 msgid "Sun GNOME Documentation Team" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:140 -msgid "<revnumber>pluma Manual V2.0</revnumber> <date>March 2002</date> <_:revdescription-1/>" +#: C/index.docbook:121 +msgid "<revnumber>2.0</revnumber> <date>March 2002</date> <_:revdescription-1/>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:148 -msgid "<revnumber>pluma Manual V2.1</revnumber> <date>June 2002</date> <_:revdescription-1/>" +#: C/index.docbook:129 +msgid "<revnumber>2.1</revnumber> <date>June 2002</date> <_:revdescription-1/>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:156 -msgid "<revnumber>pluma Manual V2.2</revnumber> <date>August 2002</date> <_:revdescription-1/>" +#: C/index.docbook:137 +msgid "<revnumber>2.2</revnumber> <date>August 2002</date> <_:revdescription-1/>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:164 -msgid "<revnumber>pluma Manual V2.3</revnumber> <date>September 2002</date> <_:revdescription-1/>" +#: C/index.docbook:145 +msgid "<revnumber>2.3</revnumber> <date>September 2002</date> <_:revdescription-1/>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:172 -msgid "<revnumber>pluma Manual V2.4</revnumber> <date>January 2003</date> <_:revdescription-1/>" +#: C/index.docbook:153 +msgid "<revnumber>2.4</revnumber> <date>January 2003</date> <_:revdescription-1/>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:180 -msgid "<revnumber>pluma Manual V2.5</revnumber> <date>March 2003</date> <_:revdescription-1/>" +#: C/index.docbook:161 +msgid "<revnumber>2.5</revnumber> <date>March 2003</date> <_:revdescription-1/>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:188 -msgid "<revnumber>pluma Manual V2.6</revnumber> <date>September 2003</date> <_:revdescription-1/>" +#: C/index.docbook:169 +msgid "<revnumber>2.6</revnumber> <date>September 2003</date> <_:revdescription-1/>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:196 -msgid "<revnumber>pluma Manual V2.7</revnumber> <date>March 2004</date> <_:revdescription-1/>" +#: C/index.docbook:177 +msgid "<revnumber>2.7</revnumber> <date>March 2004</date> <_:revdescription-1/>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: revdescription/para -#: C/index.docbook:208 +#: C/index.docbook:189 msgid "Sun Java Desktop System Documentation Team" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:204 -msgid "<revnumber>pluma Manual V2.8</revnumber> <date>July 2015</date> <_:revdescription-1/>" +#: C/index.docbook:185 +msgid "<revnumber>2.8</revnumber> <date>July 2015</date> <_:revdescription-1/>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: revdescription/para -#: C/index.docbook:216 +#: C/index.docbook:197 msgid "GNOME Documentation Team" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:212 -msgid "<revnumber>pluma Manual V2.9;</revnumber> <date>July 2006;</date> <_:revdescription-1/>" +#: C/index.docbook:193 +msgid "<revnumber>2.9</revnumber> <date>July 2006</date> <_:revdescription-1/>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: revdescription/para -#: C/index.docbook:224 +#: C/index.docbook:205 msgid "MATE Documentation Team" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:220 -msgid "<revnumber>pluma Manual V3.0</revnumber> <date>July 2015</date> <_:revdescription-1/>" +#: C/index.docbook:201 +msgid "<revnumber>3.0</revnumber> <date>July 2015</date> <_:revdescription-1/>" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: articleinfo/releaseinfo -#: C/index.docbook:229 +#. (itstool) path: info/releaseinfo +#: C/index.docbook:211 msgid "This manual describes version 1.10 of pluma." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/title -#: C/index.docbook:232 -msgid "Feedback" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: para/ulink -#: C/index.docbook:233 -msgid "MATE Feedback Page" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para -#: C/index.docbook:233 -msgid "To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the <application>pluma</application> application or this manual, follow the directions in the <_:ulink-1/>." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: abstract/para -#: C/index.docbook:238 -msgid "pluma is a text editor for the MATE Desktop featuring basic yet robust capabilities such as printing, spell checking, find and replace, and syntax highlighting. More advanced features are available as plugins." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: article/indexterm -#: C/index.docbook:243 +#: C/index.docbook:215 msgid "<primary>pluma</primary>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: article/indexterm -#: C/index.docbook:244 +#: C/index.docbook:218 msgid "<primary>text editor</primary>" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:249 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:226 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:254 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:230 msgid "The <application>pluma</application> application enables you to create and edit text files." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:256 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:231 msgid "The aim of <application>pluma</application> is to be a simple and easy to use text editor. More powerful features can be enabled with different <firstterm>plugins</firstterm>, allowing a variety of tasks related to text-editing." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:260 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:237 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:264 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:243 msgid "Starting pluma" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:265 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:245 msgid "You can start <application>pluma</application> in the following ways:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:268 +#: C/index.docbook:248 msgid "<guimenu>Applications</guimenu> menu" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:270 -msgid "Choose <menuchoice><guisubmenu>Accessories</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Text Editor</guimenuitem></menuchoice>." +#: C/index.docbook:251 +msgid "Choose <menuchoice> <guisubmenu>Accessories</guisubmenu> <guimenuitem>Text Editor</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:274 +#: C/index.docbook:255 msgid "Command line" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:276 +#: C/index.docbook:257 msgid "Execute the following command: <command>pluma</command>" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:280 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:261 msgid "By default, when you open a text document in the file manager, pluma will start, and display the document." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:285 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:266 msgid "The pluma Window" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:286 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:268 msgid "When you start <application>pluma</application>, the following window is displayed:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: C/index.docbook:289 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:272 msgid "pluma Window" msgstr "" @@ -305,171 +285,160 @@ msgstr "" #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/index.docbook:293 +#: C/index.docbook:277 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='figures/pluma_window.png' md5='48a265acf2b42650a4355f0baa1a498d'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: screenshot/mediaobject -#: C/index.docbook:291 +#: C/index.docbook:275 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"figures/pluma_window.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <textobject> <phrase>Shows pluma main window.</phrase> </textobject>" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:301 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:286 msgid "The <application>pluma</application> window contains the following elements:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:304 +#: C/index.docbook:289 msgid "Menubar" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:306 +#: C/index.docbook:291 msgid "The menus on the menubar contain all the commands you need to work with files in <application>pluma</application>." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:309 +#: C/index.docbook:295 msgid "Toolbar" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:311 +#: C/index.docbook:297 msgid "The toolbar contains a subset of the commands that you can access from the menubar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:314 +#: C/index.docbook:301 msgid "Display area" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:316 +#: C/index.docbook:303 msgid "The display area contains the text of the file that you are editing." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:319 +#: C/index.docbook:307 msgid "Statusbar" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:321 +#: C/index.docbook:309 msgid "The statusbar displays information about current <application>pluma</application> activity and contextual information about the menu items. The statusbar also displays the following information:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:324 +#: C/index.docbook:312 msgid "Cursor position: the line number and column number where the cursor is located." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:327 +#: C/index.docbook:315 msgid "Edit mode: If the editor is in insert mode, the statusbar contains the text <guilabel>INS</guilabel>. If the editor is in overwrite mode, the statusbar contains the text <guilabel>OVR</guilabel>. Press the <keycap>Insert</keycap> key to change edit mode." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:332 +#: C/index.docbook:321 msgid "Side Pane" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:334 +#: C/index.docbook:323 msgid "The side pane displays a list of open documents, and other information depending on which plugins are enabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:335 -msgid "By default, the side pane is not shown. To show it, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Side Pane</guimenuitem></menuchoice>." +#: C/index.docbook:324 +msgid "By default, the side pane is not shown. To show it, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Side Pane</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:338 +#: C/index.docbook:328 msgid "Bottom Pane" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:340 +#: C/index.docbook:330 msgid "The bottom pane is used by programming tools such as the <application>Python Console</application> plugin to display output." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:341 -msgid "By default, the bottom pane is not shown. To show it, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Bottom Pane</guimenuitem></menuchoice>." +#: C/index.docbook:331 +msgid "By default, the bottom pane is not shown. To show it, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bottom Pane</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:345 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:335 msgid "When you right-click in the <application>pluma</application> window, the application displays a popup menu. The popup menu contains the most common text editing commands." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: para/ulink -#: C/index.docbook:347 -msgid "User Guide" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:347 -msgid "Like other MATE applications, actions in <application>pluma</application> can be performed in several ways: with the menu, with the toolbar, or with shortcut keys. Shortcuts keys common to all applications are listed in the <_:ulink-1/>." +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:336 +msgid "Like other MATE applications, actions in <application>pluma</application> can be performed in several ways: with the menu, with the toolbar, or with shortcut keys. Shortcuts keys common to all applications are listed in the <link xlink:href=\"help:mate-user-guide/shortcuts-apps\">User Guide</link>." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:352 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:342 msgid "Running pluma from a Command Line" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:353 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:344 msgid "You can run <application>pluma</application> from a command line and open a single file or multiple files. To open multiple files from a command line, type the following command, then press <keycap>Return</keycap>:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:354 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:345 msgid "<command>pluma <replaceable>file1.txt file2.txt file3.txt</replaceable></command>" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:355 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:348 msgid "Alternatively, you can specify a URI instead of a filename." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: para/ulink -#: C/index.docbook:356 -msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pluma</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:349 +msgid "Refer to the <link xlink:href=\"man:pluma\"> <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>pluma</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</manvolnum> </citerefentry> </link> man page for more information on how to run <application>pluma</application> from a command line." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/index.docbook:356 -msgid "Refer to the <_:ulink-1/> man page for more information on how to run <application>pluma</application> from a command line." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:361 msgid "Working with Files" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:365 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:362 msgid "Creating a New Document" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:366 -msgid "To create a new document, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The application displays a new blank document in the <application>pluma</application> window." +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:364 +msgid "To create a new document, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. The application displays a new blank document in the <application>pluma</application> window." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#. (itstool) path: sect3/title -#: C/index.docbook:371 -#: C/index.docbook:1599 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:370 +#: C/index.docbook:2103 msgid "Opening a File" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#. (itstool) path: section/para #: C/index.docbook:372 -msgid "To open a file, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to display the <guilabel>Open File</guilabel> dialog. Select the file that you want to open, then click <guibutton>Open</guibutton>. The file is displayed in the <application>pluma</application> window." +msgid "To open a file, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> to display the <guilabel>Open File</guilabel> dialog. Select the file that you want to open, then click <guibutton>Open</guibutton>. The file is displayed in the <application>pluma</application> window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata @@ -477,2895 +446,2865 @@ msgstr "" #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/index.docbook:374 +#: C/index.docbook:375 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='figures/pluma_recent_files_menu_icon.png' md5='62b4bede31db64226f7e7f9b18f5eb74'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:374 -msgid "The application records the paths and filenames of the five most recent files that you edited and displays the files as menu items on the <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu></menuchoice> menu. You can also click on the <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"figures/pluma_recent_files_menu_icon.png\" format=\"PNG\"/></imageobject><textobject><phrase>Shows Recent Files menu icon.</phrase></textobject></inlinemediaobject> icon on the toolbar to display the list of recent files." +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:373 +msgid "The application records the paths and filenames of the five most recent files that you edited and displays the files as menu items on the <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> </menuchoice> menu. You can also click on the <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"figures/pluma_recent_files_menu_icon.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <textobject> <phrase>Shows Recent Files menu icon.</phrase> </textobject> </inlinemediaobject> icon on the toolbar to display the list of recent files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para -#: C/index.docbook:376 +#: C/index.docbook:382 msgid "You can open multiple files in <application>pluma</application>. The application adds a tab for each open file to the window. For more on this see <xref linkend=\"pluma-tabs\"/>." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:382 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:389 msgid "Saving a File" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:383 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:391 msgid "You can save files in the following ways:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:385 -msgid "To save changes to an existing file, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Save</guimenuitem></menuchoice>." +#: C/index.docbook:394 +msgid "To save changes to an existing file, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:387 +#: C/index.docbook:397 msgid "To save a new file or to save an existing file under a new filename, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save As</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. Enter a name for the file in the <guilabel>Save As</guilabel> dialog, then click <guibutton>Save</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:389 +#: C/index.docbook:400 msgid "To save all the files that are currently open in <application>pluma</application>, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Documents</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save All</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:392 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:403 msgid "To close all the files that are currently open in <application>pluma</application>, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Documents</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Close All</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:397 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:409 msgid "Working With Tabs" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:399 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:411 msgid "When more than one file is open, <application>pluma</application> shows a <firstterm>tab</firstterm> for each document above the display area. To switch to another document, click on its tab." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:400 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:412 msgid "To move a document to another <application> pluma</application> window, drag the tab corresponding to the file to the window you want to move it to." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:401 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:413 msgid "To move a document to a new <application> pluma</application> window, either drag its tab to the desktop, or choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Documents</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Move to New Window</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:407 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:420 msgid "Working with Text" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:411 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:426 msgid "Editing Text" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:412 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:428 msgid "You can edit the text of a file in the following ways:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:414 +#: C/index.docbook:431 msgid "Type new text from the keyboard. The blinking <firstterm>insertion cursor</firstterm> marks the point where new text appears. To change this, use the arrow keys on the keyboard or click with the mouse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:416 +#: C/index.docbook:434 msgid "To copy the selected text to the clipboard, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Copy</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:418 +#: C/index.docbook:437 msgid "To delete the selected text from the file and move the selected text to the clipboard, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Cut</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:420 +#: C/index.docbook:440 msgid "To permanently delete the selected text from the file, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:422 +#: C/index.docbook:443 msgid "To insert the contents of the clipboard at the cursor position, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Paste</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. You must cut or copy text before you can paste text into the file, either from pluma or another application." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:424 +#: C/index.docbook:446 msgid "To select all the text in a file, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Select All</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:430 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:454 msgid "Undoing and Redoing Changes" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:431 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:456 msgid "To undo a change you have made, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Undo</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. To reverse this action, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Redo</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:436 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:462 msgid "Finding and Replacing" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:438 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:464 msgid "In <application>pluma</application>, there are two ways of searching for text. You can use the <guilabel>Find</guilabel> dialog to search for a specific piece of text, or <guilabel>Incremental Search</guilabel> to highlight matching text as you type it." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:443 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:469 msgid "Finding Text" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:444 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:472 msgid "To search a file for a string of text, perform the following steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:446 +#: C/index.docbook:475 msgid "Choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Find</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> to display the <guilabel>Find</guilabel> dialog." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:448 +#: C/index.docbook:481 msgid "Type the string that you want to find in the <guilabel>Search for</guilabel> field. You can include special characters such as a new line or tab: see <xref linkend=\"pluma-find-escapes\"/>." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:450 +#: C/index.docbook:484 msgid "Click <guibutton>Find</guibutton> to search the file for the first occurrence of the string after your current cursor position. If <application>pluma</application> finds the string, the application selects first occurrence of the string. Other occurrences of the string are highlighted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:452 +#: C/index.docbook:487 msgid "To find the next occurrence of the string, click <guibutton>Find</guibutton> or choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Find Next</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. To find the previous occurrence of the text, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Find Previous</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:455 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:496 msgid "After you have closed the <guilabel>Find</guilabel> dialog, you can still move the selection to other occurrences of the text by choosing <menuchoice> <guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Find Next</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> and <menuchoice> <guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Find Previous</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:456 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:503 msgid "To remove the highlighting from the text, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Clear Highlight</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:460 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:511 msgid "Incremental Search" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:462 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:515 msgid "Incremental search highlights matching text in the document as you type it letter by letter. (This is similar to the search feature in several web browsers.)" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:463 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:516 msgid "To start an incremental search, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Incremental Search</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. The search box appears at the top of the display area." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:464 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:520 msgid "Begin typing, and text that matches will be highlighted in the document. The first instance after the cursor position is also selected." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:465 -msgid "To advance the selection to the next match while keeping the incremental search box open, press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>G</keycap></keycombo>. Press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>G</keycap></keycombo> to go back to the previous match." +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:521 +msgid "To advance the selection to the next match while keeping the incremental search box open, press <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>G</keycap> </keycombo>. Press <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>Shift</keycap> <keycap>G</keycap> </keycombo> to go back to the previous match." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: C/index.docbook:466 +#: C/index.docbook:530 msgid "You can also use the up and down arrow keys or the mouse wheel to move the selection between matches." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:471 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:537 msgid "Replacing Text" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:473 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:539 msgid "To search a file for a string, and replace the string with an alternative string, perform the following steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:475 +#: C/index.docbook:542 msgid "Choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Replace</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> to display the <guilabel>Replace</guilabel> dialog." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:477 +#: C/index.docbook:548 msgid "Type the string that you want to find, in the <guilabel>Search for</guilabel> field. You can include special characters such as a new line or tab: see <xref linkend=\"pluma-find-escapes\"/>." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:478 +#: C/index.docbook:551 msgid "Type the string that you want to use to replace the string that you find, in the <guilabel>Replace with</guilabel> field." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:482 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:555 msgid "To examine each occurrence of the string before replacing it, click <guibutton>Find</guibutton>. If <application>pluma</application> finds the string, the application selects the string. Click <guibutton>Replace</guibutton> to replace the selected occurrence of the string. To find the next occurrence of the string, click <guibutton>Find</guibutton> again." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:483 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:556 msgid "To replace all occurrences of the string throughout the document, click <guibutton>Replace All</guibutton>." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:488 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:562 msgid "Find and Replace Options" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:489 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:565 msgid "The <guilabel>Find</guilabel> dialog and the <guilabel>Replace</guilabel> dialog both have the following options:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:491 +#: C/index.docbook:568 msgid "Select the <guilabel>Match case</guilabel> option to only find occurrences of the string that match the case of the text that you type. For example, with <guilabel>Match case</guilabel> selected, \"TEXT\" will not match \"text\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:493 +#: C/index.docbook:571 msgid "Select the <guilabel>Match entire word only</guilabel> option to only find occurrences of the string that match the entire words of the text that you type. For example, with <guilabel>Match entire word only</guilabel> selected, \"text\" will not match \"texture\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:495 +#: C/index.docbook:574 msgid "Select the <guilabel>Search backwards</guilabel> option to search backwards towards the beginning of the document." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:497 +#: C/index.docbook:577 msgid "Select the <guilabel>Wrap around</guilabel> option to search to one end of the document and then continue the search from the other end of the file." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:504 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:585 msgid "Special Characters" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:505 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:588 msgid "You can include the following escape sequences in the text to find or replace to represent special characters:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:508 +#: C/index.docbook:591 msgid "<literal>\\n</literal>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:510 +#: C/index.docbook:595 msgid "Specifies a new line." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:514 +#: C/index.docbook:599 msgid "<literal>\\t</literal>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:516 +#: C/index.docbook:603 msgid "Specifies a tab character." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:520 +#: C/index.docbook:607 msgid "<literal>\\r</literal>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:522 +#: C/index.docbook:611 msgid "Specifies a carriage return." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:526 +#: C/index.docbook:615 msgid "<literal>\\\\</literal>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:528 +#: C/index.docbook:619 msgid "The backslash character itself must be escaped if it is being searched for. For example, if you are looking for the \"<literal>\\n</literal>\" literal, you will have to type \"\\\\n\" in the <guilabel>Search for</guilabel> field. Or if you are looking for a sequence of backslashes, you will have to double the number of searched backslashes." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:540 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:632 msgid "Positioning the Cursor on a Specific Line" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:542 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:634 msgid "To position the cursor on a specific line in the current file, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Go to Line</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. The line number box appears at the top of the display area." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:543 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:635 msgid "Begin typing the number of the line that you want to move the cursor to and the document will scroll to the specified line." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:544 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:636 msgid "To dismiss the box and move the cursor to the specified line, press <keycap>Return</keycap>." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:550 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:642 msgid "Printing" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:554 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:648 msgid "Setting the Page Options" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:556 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:651 msgid "To set the page options, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Page Setup</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> to display the <guilabel>Page Setup</guilabel> dialog." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:558 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:653 msgid "The <guilabel>Page Setup</guilabel> dialog enables you to specify the following print options:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/title -#: C/index.docbook:561 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:657 msgid "General Tabbed Section" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:563 +#: C/index.docbook:661 msgid "<guilabel>Print syntax highlighting</guilabel>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:565 +#: C/index.docbook:665 msgid "Select this option to print syntax highlighting. For more information about syntax highlighting, see <xref linkend=\"pluma-set-highlightmode\"/>." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:568 +#: C/index.docbook:669 msgid "<guilabel>Print page headers</guilabel>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:570 +#: C/index.docbook:673 msgid "Select this option to include a header on each page that you print. You cannot configure the header." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:573 -#: C/index.docbook:1185 +#: C/index.docbook:677 +#: C/index.docbook:1555 msgid "<guilabel>Line Numbers</guilabel>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:576 +#: C/index.docbook:681 msgid "Select the <guilabel>Print line numbers</guilabel> option to include line numbers when you print a file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:577 +#: C/index.docbook:682 msgid "Use the <guilabel>Number every ... lines </guilabel> spin box to specify how often to print the line numbers, for example every 5 lines, every 10 lines, and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:580 -#: C/index.docbook:1178 +#: C/index.docbook:686 +#: C/index.docbook:1546 msgid "<guilabel>Text Wrapping</guilabel>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:582 +#: C/index.docbook:690 msgid "Select the <guilabel>Enable text wrapping</guilabel> option to wrap text onto the next line, at a character level, when you print a file. The application counts wrapped lines as one line for line numbering purposes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:584 +#: C/index.docbook:691 msgid "Select the <guilabel>Do not split words over two lines</guilabel> option to wrap text onto the next line, at a word level, when you print a file." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/title -#: C/index.docbook:592 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:699 msgid "Fonts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:594 +#: C/index.docbook:703 msgid "<guilabel>Body</guilabel>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:596 +#: C/index.docbook:707 msgid "Click on this button to select the font used to print the body text of a file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:599 +#: C/index.docbook:711 msgid "<guilabel>Line numbers</guilabel>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:602 +#: C/index.docbook:715 msgid "Click on this button to select the font used to print line numbers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:605 +#: C/index.docbook:719 msgid "<guilabel>Headers and footers</guilabel>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:607 +#: C/index.docbook:723 msgid "Click on this button to select the font to use to print the headers and footers in a file." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/para -#: C/index.docbook:611 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:727 msgid "To reset the fonts to the default fonts for printing a file from <application>pluma</application>, click <guibutton>Restore Default Fonts</guibutton>." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:618 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:734 msgid "Printing a Document" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:619 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:736 msgid "You can use <application>pluma</application> to perform the following print operations:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:621 +#: C/index.docbook:739 msgid "Print a document to a printer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:623 +#: C/index.docbook:742 msgid "Print the output of the print command to a file." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:626 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:745 msgid "If you print to a file, <application>pluma</application> sends the output of the file to a pre-press format file. The most common pre-press formats are PostScript and Portable Document Format (PDF)." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:628 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:746 msgid "To preview the pages that you want to print, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Print Preview</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:630 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:747 msgid "To print the current file to a printer or a file, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Print</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> to display the <guilabel>Print</guilabel> dialog." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:632 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:748 msgid "The <guilabel>Print</guilabel> dialog enables you to specify the following print options:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/title -#: C/index.docbook:635 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:752 msgid "Job Tabbed Section" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:637 +#: C/index.docbook:756 msgid "<guilabel>Print range</guilabel>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:639 +#: C/index.docbook:760 msgid "Select one of the following options to determine how many pages to print:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:642 +#: C/index.docbook:763 msgid "<guilabel>All</guilabel>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:643 +#: C/index.docbook:766 msgid "Select this option to print all the pages in the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:646 +#: C/index.docbook:769 msgid "<guilabel>Lines</guilabel>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:647 +#: C/index.docbook:772 msgid "Select this option to print the specified lines only. Use the <guilabel>From</guilabel> and <guilabel>To</guilabel> spin boxes to specify the line range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:650 +#: C/index.docbook:775 msgid "<guilabel>Selection</guilabel>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:651 +#: C/index.docbook:778 msgid "Select this option to print the selected text only. This option is only available if you select text." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:657 +#: C/index.docbook:784 msgid "<guilabel>Copies</guilabel>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:659 +#: C/index.docbook:788 msgid "Use the <guilabel>Number of copies</guilabel> spin box to specify the number of copies of the file that you want to print." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:660 +#: C/index.docbook:789 msgid "If you print multiple copies of the file, select the <guilabel>Collate</guilabel> option to collate the printed copies." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/title -#: C/index.docbook:667 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:797 msgid "Printer Tabbed Section" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:669 +#: C/index.docbook:802 msgid "<guilabel>Printer</guilabel>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:671 +#: C/index.docbook:806 msgid "Use this drop-down list to select the printer to which you want to print the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:674 +#: C/index.docbook:810 msgid "<guilabel>Settings</guilabel>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:676 +#: C/index.docbook:814 msgid "Use this drop-down list to select the printer settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:678 +#: C/index.docbook:815 msgid "To configure the printer, click <guibutton>Configure</guibutton>. For example, you can enable or disable duplex printing, or schedule delayed printing, if this functionality is supported by the printer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:682 +#: C/index.docbook:819 msgid "<guilabel>Location</guilabel>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:684 +#: C/index.docbook:823 msgid "Use this drop-down list to select one of the following print destinations:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:689 +#: C/index.docbook:826 msgid "<guilabel>CUPS</guilabel>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:691 +#: C/index.docbook:830 msgid "Print the file to a CUPS printer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para -#: C/index.docbook:695 +#: C/index.docbook:832 msgid "If the selected printer is a CUPS printer, <guilabel>CUPS</guilabel> is the only entry in this drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:702 +#: C/index.docbook:837 msgid "<guilabel>lpr</guilabel>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:704 +#: C/index.docbook:841 msgid "Print the file to a printer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:710 +#: C/index.docbook:845 msgid "<guilabel>File</guilabel>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:712 +#: C/index.docbook:849 msgid "Print the file to a PostScript file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:715 +#: C/index.docbook:850 msgid "Click <guibutton>Save As</guibutton> to display a dialog where you specify the name and location of the PostScript file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:721 +#: C/index.docbook:854 msgid "<guilabel>Custom</guilabel>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:723 +#: C/index.docbook:858 msgid "Use the specified command to print the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:726 +#: C/index.docbook:859 msgid "Type the name of the command in the text box. Include all command-line arguments." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:734 +#: C/index.docbook:866 msgid "<guilabel>State</guilabel>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:736 -#: C/index.docbook:742 -#: C/index.docbook:748 +#: C/index.docbook:870 +#: C/index.docbook:878 +#: C/index.docbook:886 msgid "This functionality is not supported in this version of pluma." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:740 +#: C/index.docbook:874 msgid "<guilabel>Type</guilabel>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:746 +#: C/index.docbook:882 msgid "<guilabel>Comment</guilabel>" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/title -#: C/index.docbook:756 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:894 msgid "Paper Tabbed Section" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:758 +#: C/index.docbook:899 msgid "<guilabel>Paper size</guilabel>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:760 +#: C/index.docbook:903 msgid "Use this drop-down list to select the size of the paper to which you want to print the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:763 +#: C/index.docbook:907 msgid "<guilabel>Width</guilabel>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:765 +#: C/index.docbook:911 msgid "Use this spin box to specify the width of the paper. Use the adjacent drop-down list to change the measurement unit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:768 +#: C/index.docbook:915 msgid "<guilabel>Height</guilabel>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:770 +#: C/index.docbook:919 msgid "Use this spin box to specify the height of the paper." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:773 +#: C/index.docbook:923 msgid "<guilabel>Feed orientation</guilabel>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:775 +#: C/index.docbook:927 msgid "Use this drop-down list to select the orientation of the paper in the printer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:778 +#: C/index.docbook:931 msgid "<guilabel>Page orientation</guilabel>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:780 +#: C/index.docbook:935 msgid "Use this drop-down list to select the page orientation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:783 +#: C/index.docbook:939 msgid "<guilabel>Layout</guilabel>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:785 +#: C/index.docbook:943 msgid "Use this drop-down list to select the page layout. A preview of each layout that you select is displayed in the <guilabel>Preview</guilabel> area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:788 +#: C/index.docbook:947 msgid "<guilabel>Paper tray</guilabel>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:790 +#: C/index.docbook:951 msgid "Use this drop-down list to select the paper tray." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:801 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:961 msgid "Programming Features" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:803 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:963 msgid "Several of <application>pluma</application>'s features for programming are provided with plugins. For example, the Tag List plugin provides a list of commonly-used tags for different markup languages: see <xref linkend=\"pluma-tag-list-plugin\"/>." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:807 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:968 msgid "Syntax Highlighting" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:808 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:971 msgid "Syntax highlighting makes source code easier to read by showing different parts of the text in different colors." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:810 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:972 msgid "<application>pluma</application> chooses an appropriate syntax highlighting mode based on a document's type. To override the syntax highlighting mode, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Highlight Mode</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, then choose one of the following menu items:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:813 +#: C/index.docbook:975 msgid "<guimenuitem>Normal</guimenuitem>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:815 +#: C/index.docbook:979 msgid "Do not display any syntax highlighting." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:819 +#: C/index.docbook:983 msgid "<guisubmenu>Sources</guisubmenu>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:821 +#: C/index.docbook:987 msgid "Display syntax highlighting to edit source code. Use the <guisubmenu>Sources</guisubmenu> submenu to select the source code type." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:825 +#: C/index.docbook:991 msgid "<guisubmenu>Markup</guisubmenu>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:827 +#: C/index.docbook:995 msgid "Display syntax highlighting to edit markup code. Use the <guisubmenu>Markup</guisubmenu> submenu to select the markup code type." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:831 +#: C/index.docbook:999 msgid "<guisubmenu>Scripts</guisubmenu>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:833 +#: C/index.docbook:1003 msgid "Display syntax highlighting to edit script code. Use the <guisubmenu>Scripts</guisubmenu> submenu to select the script code type." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:837 +#: C/index.docbook:1007 msgid "<guisubmenu>Others</guisubmenu>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:839 +#: C/index.docbook:1011 msgid "Display syntax highlighting to edit other types of code. Use the <guisubmenu>Others</guisubmenu> submenu to select the code type." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:847 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:1020 msgid "Piping the Output of a Command to a File" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:848 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:1022 msgid "You can use <application>pluma</application> to pipe the output of a command to a text file. For example, to pipe the output of an <command>ls</command> command to a text file, type <command>ls | pluma</command>, then press <keycap>Return</keycap>." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:849 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:1023 msgid "The output of the <command>ls</command> command is displayed in a new text file in the <application>pluma</application> window." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:850 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:1024 msgid "Alternatively, you can use the <application>External tools</application> plugin to pipe command output to the current file." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:856 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:1031 msgid "Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:857 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:1033 msgid "Use shortcut keys to perform common tasks more quickly than with the mouse and menus. The following tables list all of <application>pluma</application>'s shortcut keys." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: para/ulink -#: C/index.docbook:858 -msgid "Desktop User Guide" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:858 -msgid "For more on shortcut keys, see the <_:ulink-1/>." +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:1034 +msgid "For more on shortcut keys, see the <link xlink:href=\"help:mate-user-guide/keyboard-skills\">Desktop User Guide</link>." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect1/bridgehead -#: C/index.docbook:861 +#. (itstool) path: section/bridgehead +#: C/index.docbook:1037 msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:862 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:1038 msgid "Shortcuts for tabs:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:870 -#: C/index.docbook:914 -#: C/index.docbook:970 -#: C/index.docbook:1026 -#: C/index.docbook:1054 -#: C/index.docbook:1101 -#: C/index.docbook:1144 +#: C/index.docbook:1046 +#: C/index.docbook:1116 +#: C/index.docbook:1210 +#: C/index.docbook:1304 +#: C/index.docbook:1342 +#: C/index.docbook:1420 +#: C/index.docbook:1490 msgid "Shortcut Key" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:872 -#: C/index.docbook:916 -#: C/index.docbook:972 -#: C/index.docbook:1028 -#: C/index.docbook:1056 -#: C/index.docbook:1103 -#: C/index.docbook:1146 +#: C/index.docbook:1049 +#: C/index.docbook:1119 +#: C/index.docbook:1213 +#: C/index.docbook:1307 +#: C/index.docbook:1345 +#: C/index.docbook:1423 +#: C/index.docbook:1493 msgid "Command" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:877 +#: C/index.docbook:1056 msgid "Ctrl + Alt + PageUp" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:878 +#: C/index.docbook:1059 msgid "Switches to the next tab to the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:881 +#: C/index.docbook:1064 msgid "Ctrl + Alt + PageDown" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:882 +#: C/index.docbook:1067 msgid "Switches to the next tab to the right." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:885 -#: C/index.docbook:949 +#: C/index.docbook:1072 +#: C/index.docbook:1182 msgid "Ctrl + W" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:886 +#: C/index.docbook:1075 msgid "Close tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:889 +#: C/index.docbook:1080 msgid "Ctrl + Shift + L" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:890 +#: C/index.docbook:1083 msgid "Save all tabs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:893 +#: C/index.docbook:1088 msgid "Ctrl + Shift + W" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:894 +#: C/index.docbook:1091 msgid "Close all tabs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:897 +#: C/index.docbook:1096 msgid "Alt + n" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:898 +#: C/index.docbook:1099 msgid "Jump to nth tab." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect1/bridgehead -#: C/index.docbook:905 +#. (itstool) path: section/bridgehead +#: C/index.docbook:1107 msgid "Files" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:906 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:1108 msgid "Shortcuts for working with files:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:921 +#: C/index.docbook:1126 msgid "Ctrl + N" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:922 +#: C/index.docbook:1129 msgid "Create a new document." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:925 +#: C/index.docbook:1134 msgid "Ctrl + O" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:926 +#: C/index.docbook:1137 msgid "Open a document." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:929 +#: C/index.docbook:1142 msgid "Ctrl + L" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:930 +#: C/index.docbook:1145 msgid "Open a location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:933 +#: C/index.docbook:1150 msgid "Ctrl + S" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:934 +#: C/index.docbook:1153 msgid "Save the current document to disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:937 +#: C/index.docbook:1158 msgid "Ctrl + Shift + S" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:938 +#: C/index.docbook:1161 msgid "Save the current document with a new filename." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:941 +#: C/index.docbook:1166 msgid "Ctrl + P" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:942 +#: C/index.docbook:1169 msgid "Print the current document." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:945 +#: C/index.docbook:1174 msgid "Ctrl + Shift + P" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:946 +#: C/index.docbook:1177 msgid "Print preview." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:950 +#: C/index.docbook:1185 msgid "Close the current document." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:953 +#: C/index.docbook:1190 msgid "Ctrl + Q" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:954 +#: C/index.docbook:1193 msgid "Quit Pluma." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect1/bridgehead -#: C/index.docbook:961 +#. (itstool) path: section/bridgehead +#: C/index.docbook:1201 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:962 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:1202 msgid "Shortcuts for editing documents:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:977 +#: C/index.docbook:1220 msgid "Ctrl + Z" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:978 +#: C/index.docbook:1223 msgid "Undo the last action." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:981 +#: C/index.docbook:1228 msgid "Ctrl + Shift + Z" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:982 +#: C/index.docbook:1231 msgid "Redo the last undone action ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:985 +#: C/index.docbook:1236 msgid "Ctrl + X" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:986 +#: C/index.docbook:1239 msgid "Cut the selected text or region and place it on the clipboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:989 +#: C/index.docbook:1244 msgid "Ctrl + C" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:990 +#: C/index.docbook:1247 msgid "Copy the selected text or region onto the clipboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:993 +#: C/index.docbook:1252 msgid "Ctrl + V" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:994 +#: C/index.docbook:1255 msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:997 +#: C/index.docbook:1260 msgid "Ctrl + A" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:998 +#: C/index.docbook:1263 msgid "Select all." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1001 +#: C/index.docbook:1268 msgid "Ctrl + D" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1002 +#: C/index.docbook:1271 msgid "Delete current line." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1005 +#: C/index.docbook:1276 msgid "Alt + Up" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1006 +#: C/index.docbook:1279 msgid "Move the selected line up one line." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1009 +#: C/index.docbook:1284 msgid "Alt + Down" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1010 +#: C/index.docbook:1287 msgid "Move the selected line down one line." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect1/bridgehead -#: C/index.docbook:1017 +#. (itstool) path: section/bridgehead +#: C/index.docbook:1295 msgid "Panes" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1018 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:1296 msgid "Shortcuts for showing and hiding panes:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1033 +#: C/index.docbook:1314 msgid "F9" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1034 +#: C/index.docbook:1317 msgid "Show/hide the side pane." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1037 +#: C/index.docbook:1322 msgid "Ctrl + F9" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1038 +#: C/index.docbook:1325 msgid "Show/hide the bottom pane." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect1/bridgehead -#: C/index.docbook:1045 +#. (itstool) path: section/bridgehead +#: C/index.docbook:1333 msgid "Search" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1046 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:1334 msgid "Shortcuts for searching:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1061 +#: C/index.docbook:1352 msgid "Ctrl + F" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1062 +#: C/index.docbook:1355 msgid "Find a string." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1065 +#: C/index.docbook:1360 msgid "Ctrl + G" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1066 +#: C/index.docbook:1363 msgid "Find the next instance of the string." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1069 +#: C/index.docbook:1368 msgid "Ctrl + Shift + G" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1070 +#: C/index.docbook:1371 msgid "Find the previous instance of the string." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1073 +#: C/index.docbook:1376 msgid "Ctrl + K" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1074 +#: C/index.docbook:1379 msgid "Interactive search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1077 +#: C/index.docbook:1384 msgid "Ctrl + H" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1078 +#: C/index.docbook:1387 msgid "Search and replace." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1081 +#: C/index.docbook:1392 msgid "Ctrl + Shift + K" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1082 +#: C/index.docbook:1395 msgid "Clear highlight." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1085 +#: C/index.docbook:1400 msgid "Ctrl + I" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1086 +#: C/index.docbook:1403 msgid "Goto line." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect1/bridgehead -#: C/index.docbook:1092 +#. (itstool) path: section/bridgehead +#: C/index.docbook:1411 msgid "Tools" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1093 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:1412 msgid "Shortcuts for tools:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1108 +#: C/index.docbook:1430 msgid "Shift + F7" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1109 +#: C/index.docbook:1433 msgid "Check spelling (with plugin)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1112 +#: C/index.docbook:1438 msgid "Alt + F12" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1113 +#: C/index.docbook:1441 msgid "Remove trailing spaces (with plugin)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1116 +#: C/index.docbook:1446 msgid "Ctrl + T" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1117 +#: C/index.docbook:1449 msgid "Indent (with plugin)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1120 +#: C/index.docbook:1454 msgid "Ctrl + Shift + T" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1121 +#: C/index.docbook:1457 msgid "Remove Indent (with plugin)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1124 +#: C/index.docbook:1462 msgid "F8" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1125 +#: C/index.docbook:1465 msgid "Run \"make\" in current directory (with plugin)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1128 +#: C/index.docbook:1470 msgid "Ctrl + Shift + D" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1129 +#: C/index.docbook:1473 msgid "Directory listing (with plugin)." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect1/bridgehead -#: C/index.docbook:1135 +#. (itstool) path: section/bridgehead +#: C/index.docbook:1481 msgid "Help" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1136 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:1482 msgid "Shortcuts for help:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1151 +#: C/index.docbook:1500 msgid "F1" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1152 +#: C/index.docbook:1503 msgid "Open <application>pluma</application>'s user manual." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:1164 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:1514 msgid "Preferences" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1166 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:1516 msgid "To configure <application>pluma</application>, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. The <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialog contains the following categories:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:1175 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:1542 msgid "View Preferences" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1180 +#: C/index.docbook:1550 msgid "Select the <guilabel>Enable text wrapping</guilabel> option to have long lines of text flow into paragraphs instead of running off the edge of the text window. This avoids having to scroll horizontally" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1181 +#: C/index.docbook:1551 msgid "Select the <guilabel>Do not split words over two lines</guilabel> option to have the text wrapping option preserve whole words when flowing text to the next line. This makes text easier to read." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1187 +#: C/index.docbook:1559 msgid "Select the <guilabel>Display line numbers</guilabel> option to display line numbers on the left side of the <application>pluma</application> window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1191 +#: C/index.docbook:1563 msgid "<guilabel>Current Line</guilabel>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1193 +#: C/index.docbook:1567 msgid "Select the <guilabel>Highlight current line</guilabel> option to highlight the line where the cursor is placed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1197 +#: C/index.docbook:1571 msgid "<guilabel>Right Margin</guilabel>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1199 +#: C/index.docbook:1575 msgid "Select the <guilabel>Display right margin</guilabel> option to display a vertical line that indicates the right margin." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1200 +#: C/index.docbook:1576 msgid "Use the <guilabel>Right margin at column</guilabel> spin box to specify the location of the vertical line." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1204 +#: C/index.docbook:1580 msgid "<guilabel>Bracket Matching</guilabel>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1206 +#: C/index.docbook:1584 msgid "Select the <guilabel>Highlight matching bracket</guilabel> option to highlight the corresponding bracket when the cursor is positioned on a bracket character." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:1214 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:1592 msgid "Editor Preferences" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1217 +#: C/index.docbook:1596 msgid "<guilabel>Tabs</guilabel>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1219 +#: C/index.docbook:1600 msgid "Use the <guilabel>Tab width</guilabel> spin box to specify the width of the space that <application> pluma</application> inserts when you press the <keycap>Tab</keycap> key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1220 +#: C/index.docbook:1601 msgid "Select the <guilabel>Insert spaces instead of tabs</guilabel> option to specify that <application> pluma</application> inserts spaces instead of a tab character when you press the <keycap>Tab</keycap> key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1224 +#: C/index.docbook:1605 msgid "<guilabel>Auto Indentation</guilabel>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1226 +#: C/index.docbook:1609 msgid "Select the <guilabel>Enable auto indentation</guilabel> option to specify that the next line starts at the indentation level of the current line." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1230 +#: C/index.docbook:1613 msgid "<guilabel>File Saving</guilabel>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1232 +#: C/index.docbook:1617 msgid "Select the <guilabel>Create a backup copy of files before saving</guilabel> option to create a backup copy of a file each time you save the file. The backup copy of the file contains a ~ at the end of the filename." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1233 +#: C/index.docbook:1618 msgid "Select the <guilabel>Autosave files every ... minutes</guilabel> option to automatically save the current file at regular intervals. Use the spin box to specify how often you want to save the file." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:1240 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:1626 msgid "Font & Colors Preferences" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1243 +#: C/index.docbook:1631 msgid "<guilabel>Font</guilabel>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1245 +#: C/index.docbook:1635 msgid "Select the <guilabel>Use default theme font</guilabel> option to use the default system font for the text in the <application>pluma</application> text window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1246 +#: C/index.docbook:1636 msgid "The <guilabel>Editor font</guilabel> field displays the font that <application>pluma</application> uses to display text. Click on the button to specify the font type, style, and size to use for text." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1250 +#: C/index.docbook:1640 msgid "<guilabel>Color Scheme</guilabel>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1252 +#: C/index.docbook:1644 msgid "You can choose a color scheme from the list of color schemes. By default, the following color schemes are installed:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1255 +#: C/index.docbook:1647 msgid "<guilabel>Classic</guilabel>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1257 +#: C/index.docbook:1651 msgid "Classic color scheme based on the gvim color scheme." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1261 +#: C/index.docbook:1655 msgid "<guilabel>Cobalt</guilabel>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1263 +#: C/index.docbook:1659 msgid "Blue based color scheme." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1267 +#: C/index.docbook:1663 msgid "<guilabel>Kate</guilabel>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1269 +#: C/index.docbook:1667 msgid "Color scheme used in the Kate text editor." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1273 +#: C/index.docbook:1671 msgid "<guilabel>Oblivion</guilabel>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1275 +#: C/index.docbook:1675 msgid "Dark color scheme using the Tango color palette." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1279 +#: C/index.docbook:1679 msgid "<guilabel>Tango</guilabel>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1281 +#: C/index.docbook:1683 msgid "Color scheme using the Tango color scheme." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1285 +#: C/index.docbook:1687 msgid "You can add a new color scheme by clicking on <guilabel>Add...</guilabel>, and selecting a color scheme file" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1286 +#: C/index.docbook:1688 msgid "You can remove the selected color scheme by clicking on <guilabel>Remove</guilabel>" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:1293 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:1696 msgid "Plugins Preferences" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1294 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:1698 msgid "Plugins add extra features to <application>pluma</application>. For more information on plugins and how to use the built-in plugins, see <xref linkend=\"pluma-plugins-overview\"/>." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/title -#: C/index.docbook:1298 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:1703 msgid "Enabling a Plugin" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/para -#: C/index.docbook:1299 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:1705 msgid "To enable a <application>pluma</application> plugin, perform the following steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1302 -#: C/index.docbook:1323 -#: C/index.docbook:1645 +#: C/index.docbook:1708 +#: C/index.docbook:1732 +#: C/index.docbook:2161 msgid "Choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1305 -#: C/index.docbook:1326 -#: C/index.docbook:1648 +#: C/index.docbook:1711 +#: C/index.docbook:1735 +#: C/index.docbook:2164 msgid "Select the <guilabel>Plugins</guilabel> tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1308 +#: C/index.docbook:1714 msgid "Select the check box next to the name of the plugin that you want to enable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1311 -#: C/index.docbook:1332 +#: C/index.docbook:1717 +#: C/index.docbook:1741 msgid "Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialog." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/title -#: C/index.docbook:1318 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:1725 msgid "Disabling a Plugin" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/para -#: C/index.docbook:1319 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:1728 msgid "A plugin remains enabled when you quit <application>pluma</application>." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/para -#: C/index.docbook:1320 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:1729 msgid "To disable a <application>pluma</application> plugin, perform the following steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1329 +#: C/index.docbook:1738 msgid "Deselect the check box next to the name of the plugin that you want to disable." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:1341 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:1751 msgid "Plugins" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:1343 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:1756 msgid "Working with Plugins" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1344 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:1758 msgid "You can add extra features to <application>pluma</application> by enabling <firstterm>plugins</firstterm>. A plugin is a supplementary program that enhances the functionality of an application. Plugins add new items to the <application>pluma</application> menus for the new features they provide." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: para/ulink -#: C/index.docbook:1346 -msgid "pluma website" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1346 -msgid "Several plugins come built-in with <application>pluma</application>, and you can install more. The <_:ulink-1/> lists third-party plugins." +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:1760 +msgid "Several plugins come built-in with <application>pluma</application>, and you can install more. The <link xlink:href=\"http://live.gnome.org/Pluma/Plugins\">pluma website</link> lists third-party plugins." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1347 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:1761 msgid "To enable and disable plugins, or see which plugins are currently enabled, use the <link linkend=\"pluma-prefs-plugins\">Plugins Preferences</link>." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1348 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:1762 msgid "The following plugins come built-in with <application>pluma</application>:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1354 -msgid "<link linkend=\"pluma-change-case-plugin\"><application>Change Case</application></link> allows you to change the case of the selected text." +#: C/index.docbook:1768 +msgid "<link linkend=\"pluma-change-case-plugin\"> <application>Change Case</application> </link> allows you to change the case of the selected text." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1357 -msgid "<application><link linkend=\"pluma-document-statistics-plugin\">Document Statistics</link></application> shows the number of lines, words, and characters in the document." +#: C/index.docbook:1774 +msgid "<application> <link linkend=\"pluma-document-statistics-plugin\">Document Statistics</link> </application> shows the number of lines, words, and characters in the document." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1360 -msgid "<application><link linkend=\"pluma-external-tools-plugin\">External Tools</link></application> allows you to execute external commands from <application>pluma</application>." +#: C/index.docbook:1780 +msgid "<application> <link linkend=\"pluma-external-tools-plugin\">External Tools</link> </application> allows you to execute external commands from <application>pluma</application>." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1363 +#: C/index.docbook:1786 msgid "<application>File Browser</application> allows you to browse your files and folders in the side pane." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1366 -msgid "<application><link linkend=\"pluma-indent-lines-plugin\">Indent Lines</link></application> adds or removes indentation from the selected lines." +#: C/index.docbook:1790 +msgid "<application> <link linkend=\"pluma-indent-lines-plugin\">Indent Lines</link> </application> adds or removes indentation from the selected lines." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1369 -msgid "<application><link linkend=\"pluma-insert-date-time-plugin\">Insert Date/Time</link></application> adds the current date and time into a document." +#: C/index.docbook:1796 +msgid "<application> <link linkend=\"pluma-insert-date-time-plugin\">Insert Date/Time</link> </application> adds the current date and time into a document." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1372 -msgid "<application><link linkend=\"pluma-modelines-plugin\">Modelines</link></application> allows you to set editing preferences for individual documents, and supports <application>Emacs</application>, <application>Kate</application> and <application>Vim</application>-style modelines." +#: C/index.docbook:1802 +msgid "<application> <link linkend=\"pluma-modelines-plugin\">Modelines</link> </application> allows you to set editing preferences for individual documents, and supports <application>Emacs</application>, <application>Kate</application> and <application>Vim</application>-style modelines." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1375 -msgid "<application><link linkend=\"pluma-python-console-plugin\">Python Console</link></application> allows you to run commands in the python programming language." +#: C/index.docbook:1808 +msgid "<application> <link linkend=\"pluma-python-console-plugin\">Python Console</link> </application> allows you to run commands in the python programming language." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1378 -msgid "<application><link linkend=\"pluma-snippets-plugin\">Snippets</link></application> allows you to store frequently-used pieces of text and insert them quickly into a document." +#: C/index.docbook:1814 +msgid "<application> <link linkend=\"pluma-snippets-plugin\">Snippets</link> </application> allows you to store frequently-used pieces of text and insert them quickly into a document." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1381 -msgid "<application><link linkend=\"pluma-sort-plugin\">Sort</link></application> arranges selected lines of text into alphabetical order." +#: C/index.docbook:1820 +msgid "<application> <link linkend=\"pluma-sort-plugin\">Sort</link> </application> arranges selected lines of text into alphabetical order." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1384 -msgid "<application><link linkend=\"pluma-spell-checker-plugin\">Spell Checker</link></application> corrects the spelling in the selected text, or marks errors automatically in the document." +#: C/index.docbook:1826 +msgid "<application> <link linkend=\"pluma-spell-checker-plugin\">Spell Checker</link> </application> corrects the spelling in the selected text, or marks errors automatically in the document." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1387 -msgid "<application><link linkend=\"pluma-tag-list-plugin\">Tag List</link></application> lets you insert commonly-used tags for HTML and other languages from a list in the side pane." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: para/ulink -#: C/index.docbook:1391 -msgid "<application>pluma</application> website" +#: C/index.docbook:1832 +msgid "<application> <link linkend=\"pluma-tag-list-plugin\">Tag List</link> </application> lets you insert commonly-used tags for HTML and other languages from a list in the side pane." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para -#: C/index.docbook:1391 -msgid "For more information on creating plugins, see the <_:ulink-1/>." +#: C/index.docbook:1840 +msgid "For more information on creating plugins, see the <link xlink:href=\"http://live.gnome.org/Pluma/Plugins\"> <application>pluma</application> website</link>." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:1395 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:1846 msgid "Change Case Plugin" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1396 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:1848 msgid "The <application>Change Case</application> plugin changes the case of the selected text." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1397 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:1849 msgid "The following items are added to the <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> menu when the <application>Change Case</application> plugin is enabled:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1407 +#: C/index.docbook:1858 msgid "Menu Item" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1409 +#: C/index.docbook:1861 msgid "Action" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1411 +#: C/index.docbook:1864 msgid "Example" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1416 -msgid "<menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guisubmenu>Change Case</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>All Upper Case</guimenuitem></menuchoice>" +#: C/index.docbook:1871 +msgid "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guisubmenu>Change Case</guisubmenu> <guimenuitem>All Upper Case</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1418 +#: C/index.docbook:1874 msgid "Change each character to uppercase." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1419 +#: C/index.docbook:1877 msgid "<literal>This text</literal> becomes <literal>THIS TEXT</literal>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1422 -msgid "<menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guisubmenu>Change Case</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>All Lower Case</guimenuitem></menuchoice>" +#: C/index.docbook:1882 +msgid "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guisubmenu>Change Case</guisubmenu> <guimenuitem>All Lower Case</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1424 +#: C/index.docbook:1885 msgid "Change each character to lowercase." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1425 +#: C/index.docbook:1888 msgid "<literal>This Text</literal> becomes <literal>this text</literal>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1428 -msgid "<menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guisubmenu>Change Case</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Invert Case</guimenuitem></menuchoice>" +#: C/index.docbook:1893 +msgid "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guisubmenu>Change Case</guisubmenu> <guimenuitem>Invert Case</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1430 +#: C/index.docbook:1896 msgid "Change each lowercase character to uppercase, and change each uppercase character to lowercase." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1431 +#: C/index.docbook:1899 msgid "<literal>This Text</literal> becomes <literal>tHIS tEXT</literal>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1434 -msgid "<menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guisubmenu>Change Case</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Title Case</guimenuitem></menuchoice>" +#: C/index.docbook:1904 +msgid "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guisubmenu>Change Case</guisubmenu> <guimenuitem>Title Case</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1436 +#: C/index.docbook:1907 msgid "Change the first character of each word to uppercase." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para -#: C/index.docbook:1437 +#: C/index.docbook:1910 msgid "<literal>this text</literal> becomes <literal>This Text</literal>" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:1446 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:1921 msgid "Document Statistics Plugin" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1447 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:1924 msgid "The <application>Document Statistics</application> plugin counts the number of lines, words, characters with spaces, characters without spaces, and bytes in the current file. The plugin displays the results in a <guilabel>Document Statistics</guilabel> dialog. To use the Document Statistics plugin, perform the following steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1449 +#: C/index.docbook:1927 msgid "Choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Document Statistics</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> to display the <guilabel>Document Statistics</guilabel> dialog. The <guilabel>Document Statistics</guilabel> dialog displays the following information about the file:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1452 +#: C/index.docbook:1930 msgid "Number of lines in the current document." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1455 +#: C/index.docbook:1933 msgid "Number of words in the current document." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1458 +#: C/index.docbook:1936 msgid "Number of characters, including spaces, in the current document." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1461 +#: C/index.docbook:1939 msgid "Number of characters, not including spaces, in the current document." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1464 +#: C/index.docbook:1942 msgid "Number of bytes in the current document." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1469 +#: C/index.docbook:1947 msgid "You can continue to update the <application>pluma</application> file while the <guilabel>Document Statistics</guilabel> dialog is open. To refresh the contents of the <guilabel>Document Statistics</guilabel> dialog, click <guibutton>Update</guibutton>." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:1476 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:1954 msgid "External Tools Plugin" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1477 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:1956 msgid "The <application>External Tools</application> plugin allows you to execute external commands from <application>pluma</application>. You can pipe some content into a command and exploit its output (for example, <application>sed</application>), or launch a predefined command (for example, <application>make</application>)." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1478 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:1957 msgid "Use the <guilabel>External Tools Manager</guilabel> to create and edit commands. To run an external command, choose it from the <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> menu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/title -#: C/index.docbook:1481 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:1961 msgid "Built-in Commands" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/para -#: C/index.docbook:1482 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:1963 msgid "The following commands are provided with the <application>External Tools</application> plugin:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1484 +#: C/index.docbook:1966 msgid "Build" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1486 +#: C/index.docbook:1968 msgid "Runs <application>make</application> in the current document's directory." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1489 +#: C/index.docbook:1972 msgid "Directory Listing" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1491 +#: C/index.docbook:1974 msgid "Lists the contents of the current document's directory in a new document." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1494 +#: C/index.docbook:1978 msgid "Environment Variables" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1496 +#: C/index.docbook:1980 msgid "Displays the environment variables list in the bottom pane." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1499 +#: C/index.docbook:1984 msgid "Grep" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1501 +#: C/index.docbook:1986 msgid "Searches for a term in all files in the current document directory, using pattern matching. Results are shown in the bottom pane." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1504 +#: C/index.docbook:1990 msgid "Remove Trailing Spaces" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1506 +#: C/index.docbook:1992 msgid "Removes all spaces from the end of lines in the document." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/title -#: C/index.docbook:1513 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:2000 msgid "Defining a Command" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/para -#: C/index.docbook:1514 -msgid "To add an external command, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu><guimenuitem>External Tools</guimenuitem></menuchoice>." +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:2002 +msgid "To add an external command, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>External Tools</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/para -#: C/index.docbook:1515 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:2003 msgid "In the <guilabel>External Tools Manager</guilabel> window, click <guibutton>New</guibutton>. You can specify the following details for the new command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1517 +#: C/index.docbook:2006 msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1519 +#: C/index.docbook:2008 msgid "This description is shown in the statusbar when the menu command is chosen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1522 +#: C/index.docbook:2012 msgid "Accelerator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1524 +#: C/index.docbook:2014 msgid "Enter a keyboard shortcut for the command." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1527 +#: C/index.docbook:2018 msgid "Commands" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1529 +#: C/index.docbook:2020 msgid "The actual commands to be run. Several <application>pluma</application> environment variables can be used to pass content to these commands: see <xref linkend=\"pluma-external-tools-plugin-variables\"/>." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1532 +#: C/index.docbook:2024 msgid "Input" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1534 +#: C/index.docbook:2026 msgid "The content to give to the commands (as <systemitem>stdin</systemitem>): the entire text of the current document, the current selection, line, or word." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1537 +#: C/index.docbook:2030 msgid "Output" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1539 +#: C/index.docbook:2032 msgid "What to do with the output of the commands: display in the bottom pane, put in a new document, or place in the current document, at the end, at the cursor position, or replacing the selection or the entire document." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1542 +#: C/index.docbook:2036 msgid "Applicability" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1544 +#: C/index.docbook:2038 msgid "Determines which sort of documents can be affected by the command, for example whether saved or not, and local or remote." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/title -#: C/index.docbook:1552 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:2046 msgid "Editing and Removing Tools" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/para -#: C/index.docbook:1553 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:2048 msgid "To edit a tool, select it in the list and make changes to its properties." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/para -#: C/index.docbook:1554 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:2049 msgid "To rename a tool, click it again in the list." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/para -#: C/index.docbook:1555 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:2050 msgid "To restore a built-in tool that you have changed, press <guilabel>Revert</guilabel>." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/para -#: C/index.docbook:1556 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:2051 msgid "To remove a tool, select it in the list and press <guibutton>Remove</guibutton>. You can not remove built-in tools, only those you have created yourself." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/title -#: C/index.docbook:1560 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:2056 msgid "Variables" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/para -#: C/index.docbook:1561 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:2058 msgid "You can use the following variables in the <guilabel>Commands</guilabel> field of the command definition:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1564 +#: C/index.docbook:2061 msgid "PLUMA_CURRENT_DOCUMENT_URI" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1567 +#: C/index.docbook:2064 msgid "PLUMA_CURRENT_DOCUMENT_NAME" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1570 +#: C/index.docbook:2067 msgid "PLUMA_CURRENT_DOCUMENT_SCHEME" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1573 +#: C/index.docbook:2070 msgid "PLUMA_CURRENT_DOCUMENT_PATH" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1576 +#: C/index.docbook:2073 msgid "PLUMA_CURRENT_DOCUMENT_DIR" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1579 +#: C/index.docbook:2076 msgid "PLUMA_DOCUMENTS_URI" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1582 +#: C/index.docbook:2079 msgid "PLUMA_DOCUMENTS_PATH" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:1589 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:2087 msgid "File Browser Plugin" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1590 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:2089 msgid "The <application>File Browser</application> Plugin shows your files and folders in the side pane, allowing you to quickly open files." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1591 -msgid "To view the File Browser, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Side Pane</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> and then click on the tab showing the File Browser icon at the bottom of the side pane." +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:2090 +msgid "To view the File Browser, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Side Pane</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> and then click on the tab showing the File Browser icon at the bottom of the side pane." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/title -#: C/index.docbook:1593 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:2094 msgid "Browsing your Files" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/para -#: C/index.docbook:1594 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:2096 msgid "The File Browser tab initially shows your file manager bookmarks. To browse the contents of any item, double-click it." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/para -#: C/index.docbook:1595 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:2097 msgid "To show a parent folder, choose from the drop-down list, or press the up arrow on the File Browser's toolbar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/para -#: C/index.docbook:1596 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:2098 msgid "To show the folder that contains the document you are currently working on, right-click in the file list and choose <guimenuitem>Set root to active document</guimenuitem>." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/para -#: C/index.docbook:1600 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:2105 msgid "To open a file in <application>pluma</application>, double-click it in the file list." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/title -#: C/index.docbook:1603 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:2110 msgid "Creating Files and Folders" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/para -#: C/index.docbook:1604 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:2112 msgid "To create a new, empty text file in the current folder shown in the browser, right-click in the file list and choose <guimenuitem>New File</guimenuitem>." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/para -#: C/index.docbook:1605 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:2113 msgid "To create a new folder in the current folder shown in the browser, right-click in the file list and choose <guimenuitem>New Folder</guimenuitem>." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:1610 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:2119 msgid "Indent Lines Plugin" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1611 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:2121 msgid "The <application>Indent Lines</application> plugin adds or removes space from the beginning of lines of text." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1612 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:2122 msgid "To indent or unindent text, perform the following steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1614 +#: C/index.docbook:2125 msgid "Select the lines that you want to indent. To indent or unindent a single line, place the cursor anywhere on that line." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1619 +#: C/index.docbook:2130 msgid "To indent the text, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Indent</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1622 +#: C/index.docbook:2133 msgid "To remove the indentation, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Unindent</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1627 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:2138 msgid "The amount of space used, and whether tab character or space characters are used, depends on the <guilabel>Tab Stops</guilabel> settings in the Editor Preferences: see <xref linkend=\"pluma-prefs-editor\"/>." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:1632 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:2143 msgid "Insert Date/Time Plugin" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1633 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:2145 msgid "The <application>Insert Date/Time</application> plugin inserts the current date and time into a document. To use the Insert Date/Time plugin, perform the following steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1635 +#: C/index.docbook:2148 msgid "Choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Insert Date and Time</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1636 +#: C/index.docbook:2149 msgid "If you have not configured the Insert Date/Time plugin to automatically insert the date/time without prompting you for the format, <application>pluma</application> displays the <guilabel>Insert Date and Time</guilabel> dialog. Select the appropriate date/time format from the list. Click <guibutton>Insert</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Insert Date and Time</guilabel> dialog. <application>pluma</application> inserts the date/time at the cursor position in the current file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1637 +#: C/index.docbook:2150 msgid "If you have configured <application>pluma</application> to use one particular date/time format, the <guilabel>Insert Date and Time</guilabel> dialog is not displayed. The date/time is automatically entered at the cursor position in the current file." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/title -#: C/index.docbook:1642 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:2156 msgid "Configuring the Insert Date/Time Plugin" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/para -#: C/index.docbook:1643 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:2158 msgid "To configure the Insert Date/Time plugin, perform the following steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1651 +#: C/index.docbook:2167 msgid "Select the <guilabel>Insert Date/Time</guilabel> plugin." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1654 +#: C/index.docbook:2170 msgid "Click <guibutton>Configure Plugin</guibutton> to display the <guilabel>Configure insert date/time plugin</guilabel> dialog." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1657 +#: C/index.docbook:2173 msgid "Select one of the options, as follows:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1659 +#: C/index.docbook:2176 msgid "To specify the date/time format each time you insert the date/time, select the <guilabel>Prompt for a format</guilabel> option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1662 +#: C/index.docbook:2179 msgid "To use the same <application>pluma</application>-provided date/time format each time you insert the date/time, select the <guilabel>Use the selected format</guilabel> option, then select the appropriate format from the list. When you select this option, <application>pluma</application> does not prompt you for the date/time format when you choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Insert Date and Time</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: para/ulink -#: C/index.docbook:1665 -msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>strftime</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1665 -msgid "To use the same customized date/time format each time you insert the date/time, select the <guilabel>Use custom format</guilabel> option, then enter the appropriate format in the text box. Refer to the <_:ulink-1/> for more information on how to specify a custom format. When you select this option, <application>pluma</application> does not prompt you for the date/time format when you choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Insert Date and Time</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." +#: C/index.docbook:2182 +msgid "To use the same customized date/time format each time you insert the date/time, select the <guilabel>Use custom format</guilabel> option, then enter the appropriate format in the text box. Refer to the <link xlink:href=\"man:strftime\"> <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>strftime</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>3</manvolnum> </citerefentry> </link> for more information on how to specify a custom format. When you select this option, <application>pluma</application> does not prompt you for the date/time format when you choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Insert Date and Time</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1670 +#: C/index.docbook:2193 msgid "Click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Configure insert date/time plugin</guilabel> dialog." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1673 +#: C/index.docbook:2197 msgid "To close the <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialog, click <guibutton>Close</guibutton>." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:1680 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:2205 msgid "Modelines Plugin" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1681 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:2207 msgid "The <application>Modelines</application> plugin allows you to set preferences for individual documents. A <firstterm>modeline</firstterm> is a line of text at the start or end of the document with settings that <application>pluma</application> recognizes." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1682 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:2208 msgid "Preferences set using modelines take precedence over the ones specified in the preference dialog." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1683 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:2209 msgid "You can set the following preferences with modelines:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1686 +#: C/index.docbook:2212 msgid "Tab width" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1689 +#: C/index.docbook:2215 msgid "Indent width" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1692 +#: C/index.docbook:2218 msgid "Insert spaces instead of tabs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1695 +#: C/index.docbook:2221 msgid "Text Wrapping" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1698 +#: C/index.docbook:2224 msgid "Right margin width" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1702 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:2227 msgid "The <application>Modelines</application> plugin supports a subset of the options used by other text editors <application>Emacs</application>, <application>Kate</application> and <application>Vim</application>." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/title -#: C/index.docbook:1705 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:2231 msgid "Emacs Modelines" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/para -#: C/index.docbook:1706 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:2233 msgid "The first two lines of a document are scanned for <application>Emacs</application> modelines." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: para/ulink -#: C/index.docbook:1707 -msgid "GNU Emacs Manual" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect3/para -#: C/index.docbook:1707 -msgid "The <application>Emacs</application> options for tab-width, indent-offset, indent-tabs-mode and autowrap are supported. For more information, see the <_:ulink-1/>." +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:2234 +msgid "The <application>Emacs</application> options for tab-width, indent-offset, indent-tabs-mode and autowrap are supported. For more information, see the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.delorie.com/gnu/docs/emacs/emacs_486.html\">GNU Emacs Manual</link>." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/title -#: C/index.docbook:1710 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:2239 msgid "Kate Modelines" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/para -#: C/index.docbook:1711 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:2241 msgid "The first and last ten lines a document are scanned for <application>Kate</application> modelines." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: para/ulink -#: C/index.docbook:1712 -msgid "Kate website" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect3/para -#: C/index.docbook:1712 -msgid "The <application>Kate</application> options for tab-width, indent-width, space-indent, word-wrap and word-wrap-column are supported. For more information, see the <_:ulink-1/>." +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:2242 +msgid "The <application>Kate</application> options for tab-width, indent-width, space-indent, word-wrap and word-wrap-column are supported. For more information, see the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.kate-editor.org/article/katepart_modelines\">Kate website</link>." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/title -#: C/index.docbook:1715 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:2247 msgid "Vim Modelines" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/para -#: C/index.docbook:1716 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:2249 msgid "The first and last three lines a document are scanned for <application>Vim</application> modelines." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: para/ulink -#: C/index.docbook:1717 -msgid "Vim website" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:2250 +msgid "The <application>Vim</application> options for et, expandtab, ts, tabstop, sw, shiftwidth, wrap, and textwidth are supported. For more information, see the <link xlink:href=\"http://vimdoc.sourceforge.net/htmldoc/options.html#modeline\">Vim website</link>." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/para -#: C/index.docbook:1717 -msgid "The <application>Vim</application> options for et, expandtab, ts, tabstop, sw, shiftwidth, wrap, and textwidth are supported. For more information, see the <_:ulink-1/>." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:1722 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:2256 msgid "Python Console Plugin" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1723 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:2258 msgid "The <application>Python Console</application> Plugin allows you to run commands in the python programming language from <application>pluma</application>. Enabling the plugin adds a tab to the bottom pane. This shows recent output and a command prompt field." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: caution/para -#: C/index.docbook:1724 +#: C/index.docbook:2260 msgid "Commands entered into the python console are not checked before they are run. It is therefore possible to hang <application>pluma</application>, for example by entering an infinite loop." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:1728 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:2266 msgid "Snippets Plugin" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1729 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:2268 msgid "The <application>Snippets</application> plugin allows you to store frequently-used pieces of text, called <firstterm>snippets</firstterm>, and insert them quickly into a document." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1730 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:2269 msgid "Snippets are specific to the language syntax of the current document. For example, when you are working with an HTML document, you can choose from a list of snippets that are useful for HTML. In addition, some snippets are global, and are available in all documents." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1731 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:2270 msgid "A number of built-in snippets are installed with <application>pluma</application>, which can be modified." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/title -#: C/index.docbook:1734 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:2274 msgid "Inserting Snippets" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/para -#: C/index.docbook:1735 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:2276 msgid "To insert a snippet into a document, type its <firstterm>tab trigger</firstterm> and press <keycap>Tab</keycap>. A snippet's tab trigger is usually the first few letters of the snippet, or something else that is short and easy to remember." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/para -#: C/index.docbook:1736 -msgid "Alternatively, press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Space</keycap></keycombo> to see a list of snippets you can insert." +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:2277 +msgid "Alternatively, press <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>Space</keycap> </keycombo> to see a list of snippets you can insert." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/title -#: C/index.docbook:1740 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:2282 msgid "Adding Snippets" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/para -#: C/index.docbook:1741 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:2284 msgid "To create a new snippet, do the following:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1744 -msgid "Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu><guimenuitem>Manage Snippets</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <guilabel>Snippets Manager</guilabel> window opens." +#: C/index.docbook:2287 +msgid "Choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Manage Snippets</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. The <guilabel>Snippets Manager</guilabel> window opens." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1747 +#: C/index.docbook:2290 msgid "The list of snippets is grouped by language. Select the language you want to add a snippet to, or a snippet in that language group. To add a snippet for all languages, choose Global at the top of the list. The syntax of the document you are currently working with is shown by default." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1750 +#: C/index.docbook:2293 msgid "Click <guibutton>New</guibutton>. A new snippet appears in the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1753 +#: C/index.docbook:2296 msgid "Enter the following information for the new snippet:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1755 +#: C/index.docbook:2299 msgid "Name" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1757 +#: C/index.docbook:2301 msgid "Enter a name for the snippet in the text field within the snippet list. The name of a snippet serves only as a reminder of its purpose. You can change name of a snippet you create by clicking on it in the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1760 +#: C/index.docbook:2305 msgid "Snippet text" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1762 +#: C/index.docbook:2307 msgid "Enter the text of the snippet in the <guilabel>Edit snippet</guilabel> text box. For special codes you can use, see <xref linkend=\"pluma-snippets-plugin-syntax\"/>." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: C/index.docbook:1763 +#: C/index.docbook:2309 msgid "You can switch back to the document window to copy text without closing the <guilabel>Snippets Manager</guilabel> window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1766 +#: C/index.docbook:2314 msgid "Tab Trigger" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1768 +#: C/index.docbook:2316 msgid "Enter the tab trigger for the snippet. This is the text that you type before pressing <keycap>Tab</keycap> to insert the snippet." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1769 +#: C/index.docbook:2317 msgid "The tag must be either a single word comprising only letters, or any single character. The <guilabel>Tab trigger</guilabel> will highlight in red if an invalid tab trigger is entered." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1772 +#: C/index.docbook:2321 msgid "Shortcut key" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1774 +#: C/index.docbook:2323 msgid "Type a shortcut key to use for inserting the snippet." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/title -#: C/index.docbook:1783 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:2333 msgid "Editing and Removing Snippets" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/para -#: C/index.docbook:1784 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:2335 msgid "To edit a snippet, select it in the list and make changes to its text and activation properties." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/para -#: C/index.docbook:1785 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:2336 msgid "To rename a snippet, click it again in the list." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/para -#: C/index.docbook:1786 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:2337 msgid "To restore a built-in snippet that you have changed, press <guilabel>Revert</guilabel>." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/para -#: C/index.docbook:1787 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:2338 msgid "To remove a snippet, select it in the list and press <guibutton>Remove</guibutton>. You can not remove built-in snippets, only those you have created yourself." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/title -#: C/index.docbook:1791 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:2343 msgid "Snippet Substitutions" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/para -#: C/index.docbook:1792 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:2345 msgid "In addition to inserting stored text, a snippet can include customizable text, or mark spaces where you can add text once the snippet is inserted in your document." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect3/para -#: C/index.docbook:1796 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:2346 msgid "You can use the following placeholder codes in snippet text:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1798 +#: C/index.docbook:2349 msgid "Tab placeholders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1800 +#: C/index.docbook:2351 msgid "<literal>$<replaceable>n</replaceable></literal> defines a tab placeholder, where <literal>n</literal> is any number from 1 upwards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1801 +#: C/index.docbook:2352 msgid "<literal>${<replaceable>n</replaceable>:<replaceable>default</replaceable>}</literal> defines a tab placeholder with a default value." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1802 +#: C/index.docbook:2353 msgid "A tab placeholder marks a place in the snippet text where you can add extra text after the snippet is inserted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1803 +#: C/index.docbook:2354 msgid "To use tab placeholders, insert the snippet as normal. The cursor is placed at the first tab placeholder. Type text, and press <keycap>Tab</keycap> to advance to the next tab placeholder. The number in the placeholder code defines the order in which tab advances to each place in the text." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1804 -msgid "Press <keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Tab</keycap></keycombo> to return to the previous tab placeholder. Pressing <keycap>Tab</keycap> when there are no more tab placeholders moves the cursor to the end of the snippet text, or to the end placeholder if it exists." +#: C/index.docbook:2355 +msgid "Press <keycombo> <keycap>Shift</keycap> <keycap>Tab</keycap> </keycombo> to return to the previous tab placeholder. Pressing <keycap>Tab</keycap> when there are no more tab placeholders moves the cursor to the end of the snippet text, or to the end placeholder if it exists." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1807 +#: C/index.docbook:2359 msgid "Mirror placeholders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1809 +#: C/index.docbook:2361 msgid "A repeated tab placeholder will mirror the placeholder already defined. This allows you to type in text only once that you want to appear several times in the snippet." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1812 +#: C/index.docbook:2365 msgid "End placeholder" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1814 +#: C/index.docbook:2367 msgid "<literal>$0</literal> defines the end placeholder. This allows you to finish working with the snippet with the cursor at a point other than the end of the snippet text." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1817 +#: C/index.docbook:2371 msgid "Environmental variables" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1819 +#: C/index.docbook:2373 msgid "Environmental variable such as <literal>$PATH</literal> and <literal>$HOME</literal> are substituted in snippet text. The following variables specific to <application>pluma</application> can also be used:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1821 +#: C/index.docbook:2376 msgid "$PLUMA_SELECTED_TEXT" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1823 +#: C/index.docbook:2378 msgid "The currently selected text." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1826 +#: C/index.docbook:2382 msgid "$PLUMA_FILENAME" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1828 +#: C/index.docbook:2384 msgid "The full filename of the document, or an empty string if the document isn't saved yet." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1831 +#: C/index.docbook:2388 msgid "$PLUMA_BASENAME" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1833 +#: C/index.docbook:2390 msgid "The basename of the filename of the document, or an empty string if the document isn't saved yet." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1836 +#: C/index.docbook:2394 msgid "$PLUMA_CURRENT_WORD" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1838 +#: C/index.docbook:2396 msgid "The word at the cursor's location in the document. When this variable is used, the current word will be replaced by the snippet text." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1846 +#: C/index.docbook:2403 msgid "Shell placeholders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1848 +#: C/index.docbook:2405 msgid "<literal>$(<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>)</literal> is replaced by the result of executing <replaceable>cmd</replaceable> in a shell." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1849 +#: C/index.docbook:2406 msgid "<literal>$(<replaceable>n</replaceable>:<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>)</literal> allows you to give this placeholder a reference, where <replaceable>n</replaceable> is any number from 1 upwards. Use <literal>$<replaceable>n</replaceable></literal> to use the output from one shell placeholder as input in another." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1852 +#: C/index.docbook:2410 msgid "Python placeholders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1854 +#: C/index.docbook:2412 msgid "<literal>$<<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>></literal> is replaced by the result of evaluating <replaceable>cmd</replaceable> in the python interpreter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1855 +#: C/index.docbook:2413 msgid "<literal>$<<replaceable>a</replaceable>:<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>></literal> specifies another python placeholder as a dependency, where <replaceable>a</replaceable> gives its order in the snippet. This allows you to use python functions defined in another snippet. To specify several dependencies, separate the numbers with commas thus: <literal>$<<replaceable>a</replaceable>,<replaceable>b</replaceable>:<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>></literal>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1856 +#: C/index.docbook:2414 msgid "To use a variable in all other python snippets, declare it as <literal>global</literal>." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:1865 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:2423 msgid "Sort Plugin" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1866 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:2425 msgid "The <application>Sort</application> plugin arranges selected lines of text into alphabetical order." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: caution/para -#: C/index.docbook:1867 +#: C/index.docbook:2427 msgid "You cannot undo the Sort operation, so you should save the file before performing the sort. To revert to the saved version of the file after the sort operation, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Revert</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1870 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:2429 msgid "To use the Sort plugin, perform the following steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1873 +#: C/index.docbook:2432 msgid "Select the lines of text you want to sort." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1875 +#: C/index.docbook:2435 msgid "Choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Sort</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. The <guilabel>Sort</guilabel> dialog opens." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1878 +#: C/index.docbook:2438 msgid "Choose the options you want for the sort:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1881 +#: C/index.docbook:2441 msgid "To arrange the text in reverse order, select <guilabel>Reverse order</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1884 +#: C/index.docbook:2444 msgid "To delete duplicate lines, select <guilabel>Remove duplicates</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1887 +#: C/index.docbook:2447 msgid "To ignore case sensitivity, select <guilabel>Ignore case</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1890 +#: C/index.docbook:2450 msgid "To have the sort ignore the characters at the start of the lines, set the first character that should be used for sorting in the <guilabel>Start at column</guilabel> spin box." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1895 +#: C/index.docbook:2455 msgid "To perform the sort operation, click <guibutton>Sort</guibutton>." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:1902 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:2462 msgid "Spell Checker Plugin" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1903 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:2464 msgid "The <application>Spell Checker</application> plugin checks the spelling in the selected text. You can configure <application>pluma</application> to check the spelling automatically, or you can check the spelling manually, in the specified language. The language setting, and the autocheck spelling properties, apply per document. To use the Spell checker plugin, perform the following steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1905 +#: C/index.docbook:2467 msgid "Choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Set Language</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> to display the <guilabel>Set language</guilabel> dialog. Select the appropriate language from the list. Click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Set language</guilabel> dialog." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1908 +#: C/index.docbook:2470 msgid "To check the spelling automatically, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Autocheck Spelling</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. To unset the automatic spell check, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Autocheck Spelling</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> again. When automatic spell checking is set, an icon is displayed beside the <guimenuitem>Autocheck Spelling</guimenuitem> menu item. Automatic spell checking is unset by default, each time <application>pluma</application> starts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1909 +#: C/index.docbook:2471 msgid "Unknown spellings are displayed in a different color, and underlined. Right-click on an unknown spelling, then select <guimenu>Spelling Suggestions</guimenu> from the popup menu:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1912 +#: C/index.docbook:2474 msgid "To replace the unknown spelling with another spelling in the list, select the replacement spelling from the <guimenu>Spelling Suggestions</guimenu> popup menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1915 +#: C/index.docbook:2477 msgid "To add the unknown spelling to your personal dictionary, select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Spelling Suggestions</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Add</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1918 +#: C/index.docbook:2480 msgid "To ignore all occurrences of the unknown spelling, so that they are no longer flagged as unknown but are not added to your personal dictionary, select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Spelling Suggestions</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Ignore All</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. The unknown word is ignored in the current <application>pluma</application> session only." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1923 +#: C/index.docbook:2485 msgid "To check the spelling manually, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Check Spelling</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1925 +#: C/index.docbook:2486 msgid "If there are no spelling errors, an <guilabel>Information</guilabel> dialog displays a message stating that the document does not contain misspelled words. Click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Information</guilabel> dialog." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1927 +#: C/index.docbook:2487 msgid "If there are spelling errors, the <guilabel>Check Spelling</guilabel> dialog is displayed:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1930 +#: C/index.docbook:2490 msgid "The <guilabel>Misspelled word</guilabel> is displayed at the top of the dialog." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1933 +#: C/index.docbook:2493 msgid "A suggested known spelling is displayed in the <guilabel>Change to</guilabel> text box. You can replace this with another known spelling by selecting a spelling from the <guilabel>Suggestions</guilabel> list, or you can enter text directly into the <guilabel>Change to</guilabel> text box." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1936 +#: C/index.docbook:2496 msgid "To check the spelling of the text in the <guilabel>Change to</guilabel> text box, click <guibutton>Check Word</guibutton>. If this is a known word, the <guilabel>Suggestions</guilabel> list is replaced with the text <literal>(correct spelling)</literal>. If the word is not known, new entries appear in the <guilabel>Suggestions</guilabel> list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1939 +#: C/index.docbook:2499 msgid "To ignore the current occurrence of the unknown word, click <guibutton>Ignore</guibutton>. To ignore all occurrences of the unknown word, click <guibutton>Ignore All</guibutton>. The unknown word is ignored in the current <application>pluma</application> session only." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1942 +#: C/index.docbook:2502 msgid "To change the current occurrence of the unknown word to the text in the <guilabel>Change to</guilabel> text box, click <guibutton>Change</guibutton>. To change all occurrences of the unknown word to the text in the <guilabel>Change to</guilabel> text box, click <guibutton>Change All</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1945 +#: C/index.docbook:2505 msgid "To add the unknown word to your personal dictionary, click <guibutton>Add word</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1948 +#: C/index.docbook:2508 msgid "To close the <guilabel>Check Spelling</guilabel> dialog, click <guibutton>Close</guibutton>." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:1957 +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.docbook:2517 msgid "Tag List Plugin" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1958 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:2519 msgid "The <application>Tag List</application> plugin allows you to insert common tags from a list in the side pane." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1959 +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: C/index.docbook:2520 msgid "To use the Tag List plugin, perform the following steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1961 +#: C/index.docbook:2523 msgid "Choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Side Pane</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1965 +#: C/index.docbook:2526 msgid "By default, the side pane shows a tab containing a list of open documents. Click on the tab showing a + icon at the bottom of the side pane to show the tag list tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1967 +#: C/index.docbook:2529 msgid "Select the appropriate tag category from the drop-down list. For example, <guilabel>HTML - Tags</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1970 +#: C/index.docbook:2532 msgid "Scroll through the tag list to find the required tag." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1973 +#: C/index.docbook:2535 msgid "To insert a tag at the cursor position in the current file, double-click on the tag in the tag list. You can also insert a tag as follows:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1975 +#: C/index.docbook:2538 msgid "To insert a tag in the current file and change the focus from the side pane to the display area, press <keycap>Return</keycap>." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1978 -msgid "To insert a tag in the current file and maintain the focus on the <guilabel>Tag list plugin</guilabel> window, press <keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Return</keycap></keycombo>." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: para/ulink -#: C/legal.xml:9 -msgid "link" +#: C/index.docbook:2541 +msgid "To insert a tag in the current file and maintain the focus on the <guilabel>Tag list plugin</guilabel> window, press <keycombo> <keycap>Shift</keycap> <keycap>Return</keycap> </keycombo>." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para -#: C/legal.xml:2 -msgid "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this <_:ulink-1/> or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual." +#: C/legal.xml:5 +msgid "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this <link xlink:href=\"https://www.gnu.org/licenses/fdl-1.1.html\">link</link> or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para -#: C/legal.xml:12 +#: C/legal.xml:14 msgid "This manual is part of a collection of MATE manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in section 6 of the license." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para -#: C/legal.xml:19 +#: C/legal.xml:21 msgid "Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any MATE documentation, and the members of the MATE Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/legal.xml:35 +#: C/legal.xml:37 msgid "DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN \"AS IS\" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/legal.xml:55 +#: C/legal.xml:57 msgid "UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para -#: C/legal.xml:28 +#: C/legal.xml:30 msgid "DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: <_:orderedlist-1/>" msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/legal.xml:78 +msgid "Feedback" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/legal.xml:79 +msgid "To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the <application>pluma</application> application or this manual, follow the directions in the <link xlink:href=\"help:mate-user-guide/feedback\">MATE Feedback Page</link>." +msgstr "" + |